This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
es not vanish identically, and, since f ~ 0, it follows that fer e~ > 0, hence H(r et'} ~ 0 in D. Let G(r i,) there exists an ME 9Jl such that was an automorphism of A(R) rather than an endomorphism once, when deducing in the first step that
69
III. The Conjugate Function =
o.
1
JI
be the branch of (H(r eit»)p which is real at r number satisfying
Let
y be
a real
(1.14)
For 0 < r < 1 we have 1 21t
f
IG(rit)ldt
=
-.!..f 21t 1
IG(rit)ldt +2
1t
it G(re )!dt,
11
I
Jl
Jll I
where is taken over the set where arg(H(z»1 < y and is taken over the complementary set (defined by the condition )' ~ arg(ll(z» < 1t/2, where z = r it). In we have
J, IH(z) I < J(z)(cosy)-l,
I
hence
and, in particular, (1.16)
On the other hand, we have in (1.17)
JII
IG(z) I ~ Re (G(z»
(cos py)-l
(both factors being negative). Now, since
1 21t
J Re(G(ri~)dt
=
G(O)
cJ(O)t,
=
it follows from (1.1 6) that
and this, combined with (1.17) and (1,15), implies (1.18)
I
IP
where cp is a constant depending only on p. Since Jer eit ) ~ IH(r i~IP. =/G(reit)l, it follows from (1.18), letting r--+ 1, that JEJ!(T) and
IIlhp ~ c!'P I rIILP'
I
70
An rntroduction to Harmonic Analysis
The theorem now follows from the case f ~ 0 and the linearity of the mapping f --+ J. ~
Remark: Theorem 1.8 can be proved by the method that we used in 1.7; see exercise 9 at the end of this section. 1.9
Theorem:
Iff is rea! va!ued and
~
(1.\9)
2rr
PROOF:
and since th a t -1
Put F(z)
=
J eaIJ(eit)ldt :s;- cosrx __ 3__ .
j(z) - if(z), Since cosrxf(z) ~ cosx, we have
;rrJ Re(eaF(reit»dt =
J
If I ~ 1, tltenfor 0~rx<7t/2
Re(eaF(O» = cosrxf(O)
eaJ(re
it
Corollary: If
)
I (I
III
< --, 1 e-u/(re") d I = cos :x
PROOF:
l
=
Write f
.PI + il2
=
~
~ I
m,ll(}') >
(1.20)
I, it follows
J
< = - 1- .
S"I imi arIy, -1 cos :x 2rr Adding and letting r --+ 1 we obtain (1.19).
2rr
~
2rr (1 - CO~.J2
e-;' )
fl + if2 where flJ2 are real valued. We have
I/(eil) I > A happens only if either IJI( /') I > rt A or lJie I > r! A
and consequently
it
Now, by (1.19) with rx
)
=.J2, 4rr
< -·--e cos \/2
-;.
j
=
1,2
and (1.20) follows.
* 1.10
We shall see in chapter VI that a finite Borel measure on R is completely determined by its Fourier-Stieltjes transform (just as measures on T are determined by their Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients). This means that two distribution functions, m 1(x) and mix), of real-valued functions on T are equal if /~
f
f
Ill. The Conjugate Function
71
we can compute mJ{..1) explicitly by replacing U by an interval of the same measure.
Theorem: Let VeT be a set oj measure 2a. Let f be the characteristic function of V and let Xa be the characteristic fUllction of (-a,a). Write ma(i.) = mx,p.). Then m,(..1) = tnaU.). PROOF:
Applying Cauchy's formula to the analytic functions = r/t, letting r~ 1 and remembering that
}~(z) = ei~(J(Z)-if(z)) on z
f=O on T'\.V andf=l on V, we obtain (1.21)
JT,U
+ e~
eiU(ei')dt
~
Rewriting (1.21) for jugates, we obtain
r
Ju
eiU(e")
instead of
~
~ 2nF~(0)
=
2n e~af".
and then taking complex con-
From (1.21) and (1.22) we obtain
(1.23)
r iU(e")dt JT,U
sinh =
~(1
- ~)
2n _ _ _ _ n_ sinh~
We write no.,.. m,().) ="1(..1) +u 2 0) where
"1(..1)
=
IU n {t ;f(e
it
)
~
A}I
and
and we can rewrite (1.23) as
(1.24)
f
sinh
~(1
- ~)
i~x ("2 I () X =2n---slnT~
e
11:
-
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
72
We see that n1(x) and uz(x) are uniquely determined by ex and so they are the same for J and XII.. We thus obtain that J and XII. have the same distribution of values not only on T but also on U for J and (-ex,o:) for x". The Fourier series of XII. is GO
•
~
hence =
2
nn
i 1
=
=
~ Re
.
(e'l)
=
-f
=
i
nn
rn cos n(t -
1
ex)_=- ~s n(t + ex) nn
_
I
II.
•
SID mx cos nt
($ ~r"ein(t-II.) $ ~rnei"(t+II.)) reo' - e-
and finally
i
00
+ 2"
r" sin n~ sin nt nn
1 rit - eill. -log -_---ia 1t
(1.25)
~ n
SID nex eim =
"
1 -log
n
I
I -eit- _--e"" ell -
e-ill.
1
= -
2n
1- cos(t -ex) log --------1 - cos(t + ex)
It follows from (1.25) that for A > 1 the set {t;x..
PI
2a-+ P1
=
pz
21X ~
pz
=
e- d
,
hence
(1.26) Corollary: 21X on
Let f be the characteristic function of a set U of measure
T. Then, for A> 1
(1.27) EXERCISES FOR SECTION I
1. Show that there exists a constant A such that for all n, 1 and every 11/1100 ;&; I,
IE C(T),
2. Show that for I;&; p < co there exist constants Ap such that for all n,l and IELP(T), ;&; I
II/IILI'
I {t;ISil,t)1 > l} 1< ::.
73
III. The Conjugate Function 3. Prove that if leLPm, 1 < p< co, then lim IIJ(ri') -J(e")IILP
=
O.
r-<1
4. Provethatif/eLP('I),geLq(T) wherep-1-l-q-l = J, I
I
f
11/11100< 1. 7, Show that log
Ie"~.--=-~ I - e i,
iIX
'P
=
( ( i,
Re log e. -
el .. ) )
.
e" - e,/1
is a constant mul-
tiple of the conjugate function of the characteristic function of (a, p) by examining Im(IOg
«' - e~«)). e,l - e'P
8. Let 1 < p < co. Show that there exists a constant cp such that for leLPJ:C), 1 > 0,
Remark: This is an immediate consequence of 1.8; try, however, to prove it using 1.10 rather then 1.8 and then use it in the foIlowing exercise to prove 1.8. Hint: Assume that I is real valued, denote U).. = {/;/(i') > l} and V).. = {t;J(ei') < - l}. Denote by g).. the characteristic function of U)..; deduce from Parseval's formula that (q = p/(P -
AI U)..I ;;::;
1»
I
i
/(e")g;.(e ,) dl
= -
I I(i')g)..
(i') dl :::;; 2n " I
II LP I g;. "L4
"g,dl
and use (1.27) to evaluate L" Repeat for V;.. *9. Prove theorem 1.8 by the method of 1.7.
* 2.
THE MAXIMAL FUNCTION OF HARDY AND LITTLEWOOD
2.1
DEFINITION:
The maximal JUllction ofa functionJeLl(T)is the
function
(2.1)
sup 0<"1>"
I 2111
[t+"
J,-"
I
J(r)dr .
74
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
If we allow the value + 00 then Mit) is well defined for all t E T . We shall see presently that M ,( t) is finite for almost all t E T and that AI, is of weak Ll type. This will follow from the following simple
Lemma:
From any family
n = {Ia}
T one can ex-
of intervals on
tract a sequellce {In} of pairwise disjoint intervals, such that (2.2)
III
PROOF: Denote a 1 = sup fell and let I, be any interval of n satisfying II, > la,; let n 2 be the subfamily of all the intervals in o which do not intersect Jl ' Denote a2 = sup fell> and let 12 E O 2 such that > ~ a 2' We continue by induction; having picked I" ... ,lk we consider the family OH 1 of the intervals of n which inter-
I
III
1/21
Ih+11
> iak+! sect none of Ij,j ~ k, and pick IHI EnH ! such that where (/k+' = sUPfell .. We claim that the sequence so obtained satisfies (2.2). In fact, denoting by I n the interval of length
,III·
{In}
41/nl of which In is the center part, we claim that U I n 2 U la' clearly implies (2.2). We notice first that ak ..... 0 and consequently
n Ok n
=
0.
For lEO
let k denote the first index such that I ¢ Ok; then I Ik - 1 -:;t. since /I k - , ~ Is; J k - , • and the lemma is proved.
I ll/l,
2.2
Theorem:
which
0
and,
For fE L'(T) , M, is of weak LI type,
PROOF: Since Mit) ~ M/lI(t), we may assume f~ if AI it) > ,l. let It be an interval centered at t such that
o.
Let A> 0;
(2.3) Thus we cover the set {t;Mlt»,l.} by a family of intervals {It}. Let {In} be a pairwise disjoint subsequence of {It} satisfying (2.2). Then, by (2.2) and (2.3),
(2.4)
l{t;M.r
r
f(r)dr~~ff(r)dr.
).IUln
'T
2.3 Lemma: Let fE L'(T) and let m(}.) =mlfl(Je) be the distributioll fUllction of If Theil
I·
(2.5)
4foo ydnt(y).
/{t;MrC t »2Je}1 ~ -:;
,..
)+
75
III. The Conjugate Function PROOF: Writing Ii = f whenever If hence, by (2.4),
f g + h where g f whenever If I ~ A. and I> }., we have M At) ~ AI get) -I- Mh(t) ~ }. +Mh(t); =
=
Corollary: (a) For 1 < p < 00 there exists a constant cp such that if fE I!'(T), then M fE L!'(T) alld M f ~ cp
I
(b) If
flog+ III E LI(T), thell M f
llu
E
I fill"
LI(T) and
I M f IlL' ~ 2 + 4 JTlJllog+ If Idt. Denote by m(;.) and n(}.) the distribution functions of If I and M f respectively. We can rewrite (2.5) in the form PROOf:
foo). Y dm(y)
2n - n (2),) ~ 4l
(2.6)
hence if f We have
E
I!'(T) , 1 ~ p <
11M f I rp
parts we obtain (l
00,
4 ~ },P
J
Xl
). yP dm(y);
we have }.P(2n - n().» ~ 0 as A. ~
00 .
in J A dno.) = 2n2 1"" ),Pdn(2}'); integrating by
~ 1
~ p
P
P
0 00
0
< CD)
LOCi AP t/n(2}.) = fAP(2n-
n(2).»]~ + foro (2rr- n(2}.)p}.r- 1 d}. ~
J8 P iOCi).p-11OOYdm(y)dA
If p> I
l2n +8 Joor
it
l
tooYdm(Y)dA
.1I1d integrating by parts again we finally obtain:
p
=
I
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
76
2.4 Lemma: Let k be a nonnegative even function on (-n,1t), monotone non increasing on (0,1t) and such that f~- k(t) dt = 1. Then for all f E IJ(T)
II
(2.7)
k(t - t)f(r) dt
I; ;
Mit).
The definition (2.1) is equivalent to
PROOF:
M
~t)
= sup 0<"&_
IJ
(Mt - r)f(r)dr
I
where q,,, is the characteristic function of (- h, h) multiplied by 1/211 (so that q,,,dt = 1). A function k satisfying the conditions of the lemma can be uniformly approximated by convex combinations of q,,,, 0 < h ;;; n, and (2.7) is then obvious. ...
f
2.5 LetfeLl(T), letf(ri,) be its Poisson integral and let !(re i,) be the harmonic conjugate, DEFINITION:
The maximal conjugate function of f is the function
l(i')
=
sup
i
1 f{re ,) I·
0
Theorem: Let fE1!(T), 1 < p < 00; then lEI!(T) and
PROOF; Remembering that ](rfi') is the Poisson integral of J(i') and that the Poisson kernel satisfies the condition of lemma 2.4, we obtain I J(ri') 1~ M ,At); hence l(i');;; M J(I) and the theorem fol... lows from 2.3 and 1.8.
2.6 We have defined the conjugate J of a function fE IJ(T) as the boundary value of the harmonic function J(ri') = (Q(r, . ).f)(t) where 2rsint Q(r,t) = 1-2rcost +r2
(2.8)
is the conjugate Poisson kernel. Since the limit (2.9)
Q(l, t)
=
t cossin t 2 t lim Q(r, t) = = - - =cot-2 I-cost. t r~l SID 2
77
HI. The Conjugate Function
is so obvious and so explicit. we are tempted to reverse the order of the operations and write (2.10) The difficulty, however. is that Q(1,t) is not Lebesgue integrable so that the convolution (2.10) is, as yet, undefined. We now aim at showing that, the convolution appearing in (2.10) can be defined as an improper integral and that. with this definition. (2.10) is valid almost everywhere. Lemma: For! E LI(T) and IJ E(r,I)= PROOF:
(2.11)
I
=
1 - r. we have
1 [2,,-3 2nJ3 Q(l.·)f(t-.)dr-/(ri')
I
Write
E(r,t) ~
I +
1 [2,,-3 . 2x Js (Q(l,.) - Q{r,·»f(t - .)d.
I+
I ;n f~3 Q{r••)!(t-.)d·1
=
1
We notice that the function
(2.12)
(1-r)2 sint Q(I, t) - Q(r, I) - (i _ cos 1)(1 _ 2rcos t +r2) =
1- r - l - Q(I,I)p(r,l) +r
is odd and monotone decreasing on (0, x). For IJ< t < x 1- r I - r ( IJ)-l ---Q{1 t) ~ - - sin < x l+r ' -1+r 2
so that (2.13) It follows that
(2.14)
Q(1, t) - Q(r. t) < xp(r, t).
2
E (r,t)+E (r,t).
An f ntroduction to Harmonic Analysis
78
rn order to estimate E 2(r, t) it is sufficient to notice that in (-{},{J) 2 we have 1Q(r, 1)1 < - - - and consequently
1- r
(2.15)
Corollary: sup O<S<"
I 2~rr Js(2n-S Q(I, r)f( t -
r) dr
I ~ f(/I) + 4M1fl (t).
2.7 The estimates (2.14) and (2.15) are clearly very wasteful. They do not take into account the fact that Q(r, t) is odd and we can improve them by writing (2.16)
E](r,l)
1 (It
=
12it Js
(Q(l,r) - Q(r,r»(f(t - r) - f(t
+ r»dr
1
and (2.17)
Elr, I)
1
=
~
;rr loS Q(r, t) (J(t - r) - f(t + r» dr -- 1 _ _
n(l-r)
1
(SIU(t - r) - f(t Jo
+ r»
dr
1
1
where 0 < {}1 < {} (the mean value theorem). At every point t of continuity of f, and more generally, at every point in which the primitive of f is differentiable, we have:
LSI (J(t -
(2.18)
r) - f(t
+ r»dr
=
O(/}l).
By (2.17) it is clear that if (2.18) holds, Eir, t) -+ O.
Theorem: Let fE Ll(T); at every t E T for which (2.18) is valid we have, ({) = 1 - r), £(r, t)
1
~ 12rr
1 2
S
1<-S
Q(l, r)f(t - r) dr -J(ri
l )
1-+ 0
as r --+ 1. PROOF: As in (2.11), £(r,t) ~ £1(r,t) + £2(r,I). We have already remarked that under the assumption (2.18), lim r _ 1 Eir, t) ~ 0 so that
III. The Conjugate Function
79
we can confine our attention to E 1(r, t). For e > 0, let '1 > 0 be such that for 0 < {)1 ~ 11
If:'
(2.19) and write (2.20) 2rr.E 1(r,t)
=
(J(t - r) - J(t
I(f +
+ r»
I
dr < sf}1
L')(Q(l,r)-Q(r,r»(J(t-r)-J(t+r»drl·
The second integral tends to zerO by virtue of the fact that on (1/, n), Q(r, r) ~ Q(I, r) uniformly. Put
[9
1
+ r»
dr,
then, integrating the first integral in (2.20) by parts, we see that it is bounded by [
elf
{)1 d(Q(1,1?1) - Q(r'{)1»
I;
integrating by parts once more and remembering that Q(1,{)1) < rr.liJ!> it follows from (2.13) and (2.19) that E 1(r,t)<10c+o(l) and the theorem is proved.
2.8 Let F be defined on T and assume that for all {) > 0 F is integrable on T,,(-{),{). DEFINITION:
The principal value of fTF(t)dt is PV
1
F(t) dt
T
lim
=
9->0
i
2"-~
F(t) dt.
9
For fE Ll(T) condition (2.18) is satisfied for almost alit eT; since
l(r it) ~ j(e il ) almost everywhere, we obtain, Theorem: LetJEL1(T). The principal value of
21rr.ff(t-r)Cot~dr
exists for almost all t ET, alld, almost everywhere,
- . = PV 2n 1 f(e") 2.9
f
J(t - r)cot r dr.
2
Theorem 2.7 can be used both ways. We can use it to show the
f
existence of the principal value of P V J(t - r) coti dr if we know that
j (e
il
)
exists or to obtain the existence of j(eil ) at points where
80
An Introduction to Harmoruc Analysis PV
f
J(t -7:)cot
~dt"
clearly exists. For instance, if J satisfies a Lipschitz condition at t, that is, if IJ(t + h) - J(t) ~ K h for some K > 0 and IX >0, then
I
I I·
f~IJ(t - t") - J(t + t") Icot idt"< ro and it follows that /(eit ) exists and 7·
1 ('
J(e~ =21t
(2.21)
Jo
U(t-t")-J(t
t"
+ t"»cot idt".
If J satisfies a Lipschitz condition uniformly on a set E c T, that is, if for some K > 0 and IX > 0
IJ(t + h) - J(t) I ~ K Ih I'"
for all Ie E,
then the integrals (2.21) are uniformly bounded and
2~
L'
U(t - -r) - J(t
+ t")}cotidt" -+ I(e i -)
uniformly in teE as B -+ O. It follows, rexamining the proof of 2.7, that /(r t!') -+ I(eit) uniformly for teE as r -+ 1. In particular, if E is an interval, it follows that I(i') is continuous on E. 2.10 Conjugation is not a local operation; that is. it is not true that ifJ(t) = g(t) in some interval I. then /(t) = get) on I. or equivalently. that if J(t) = 0 on I, then I(t) = 0 on I. However,
Theorem: IJ J(t) =0 on an interval I, then I(t) is analytic on I . PROOF: By the previous remarks I is continuous on I. Thus the function F = J + il is analytic in D and is continuous and purely imaginary on I. By Schwarz's reflection principle F admits an analytic extension through I, and since F(it ) = il(e1 on 1, the theorem follows. <411
Remark: Using (2.21) we can estimate the successive derivatives of j at points tel and show that I is analytic on 1 without the use of the "complex" reflection principle. EXERCISES FOR SECfION 2 1. Assume / e LiP.(T), 0 < a ~ 1. Show that Ie Lip...(T) for all a.' < a.. *2. Assume /eLip,Jn, 0 < rx < I. Show that Ie LiP.(T). Hint:
81
III. The Conjugate Function - +h)-J(t) 7. 1(1
=
-
If
2n.
r (f(t+h -r)-f(t+h»cot-dr-
2
-~ f 2n
f
21t
=
O(h a) +
(f(t - r) - f(t»cot 2h
-
(f(t - r) - f(t
~ elr
2
+ h»cot r --1-"- dr 2
• 2h
-
f
21t - 2h
(f(t - r) - f(t»cot ~ elr 2
2h
r
21t
=
O(ha ) 1-
-
(f(r - r) - (I») (r+1z cot ----- - - cot - dr2
• 2h
- (/(1
r)
2h -
+ h)
21t-2h
- f(t»
1
r
2
+17
cot --- dr. 2
2h
.3. Assume fE C"(T), n~ I. Show thatje Cn- 1(T) andjln-1)E LiPiT) for all a < I. 4. Localize exercises 1-3, that is. assume that 1 satisfies the respective conditions on an open interval leT and show that the conclusions hold in I. *3. THE HARDY SPACES
In this section we study some spaces of functions holomorphic in the unit disc D. these spaces are closely related to spaces of functions on T and we obtain, for example, a characterization of I! functions and of measures whose Fourier coefficients vanish for negative values of n. We also prove that jf for some f E O(T) , j(eit ) is sum mabIe then S[lJ == S[J], and, finally, we obtain results concerning the absolute convergence of some classes of Fourier series. We start with some preliminary remarks about products of Moebius functions.
3.1 LetO
=1_~lrr_=-Z)_ defines,asisweJl ( (1 - z()
known, a conformal representation of l> onto itself, taking ( into zero and zero into The important thing for us now is that b(z, () van< r, then ishes only at z = ( and I b(z, 0 I = 1 on I z I = 1. If 0 <
1(I.
b(r
Z
()
-, -
r
=
r
at z =(, and b(z,O) = z.
-
I(-~«( I (r-i - -z)zO- IS. hoIomorphlc. ,In Ib(~, ~)I
= 1 on
1
z
1
I I ~ r, Z
1(I
.
val1ls hes on Iy
=r. For (= 0 we define
82
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
II
Let 1 be holomorphic in z ~ r and denote its zeros there by (1) ···,(k (counting each zero as many times as its multiplicity). The function 11(z)
~ l(z) (Q
b
I
U, ~,,)r
1
is holomorphic in
I
for
I
is zero-free and satisfies 11(z) = l1(z) is harmonic in ! z ~ r we have
I
log 111(0) 1
=
1 2n
Iz I ~ r,
Iz! = r. Since log 111(z)!
f 10gI11(re
it )
I dt
and if we assume, for simplicity, that 1(0) ~ 0, the above formula is equivalent to Poisson-lensen's lormula:
We implicitly assumed that 1 has no zeros of modulus r; however, since both sides of the formula depend continuously on r, the above is valid even if 1 vanishes on z = r. The reader should check the form that Poisson-Jensen's formula takes when 1 vanishes at z =0 .
II
k
k
I I_I = L
The term log TI r (n I
log(r I
(til-I) is positive, and remov-
I
ing it from (3.1) we obtain lensen's inequality (3.2)
log 11(0)!
~ 1n flOg 11(r it) 1dt ;
or, if 1 has a zero of order s at z
logl~_~
z-j(z)
=
0,
I + log (r ~ S
)
1 2n
f
i
10gI1(re ')!dt.
Another form of Jensen's inequality is: let 1 be holomorphi:- in 1 z I ~ r and let (~, ... ,,~ be (some) zeros of 1 in ~ r, counted each one at most as many times as its multiplicity. Then
Izi
log 11(0) 1 +
(3.3)
Z
log(r I (~1-1)
~ 2~ flog 11(reit ) I dt.
Inequality (3.3) is obtained from (3.1) by deleting some (positive) terms of the form log (r 1(n 1- I) from the left-hand side. '1.2 1.
Let p > 0 and let 1 be holomorphic in D. We introduce the notation I.
Ill. The Conjugate Function
83
IfO
or, in other words, hi!, r) is a monotone nondecreasing function of n r. The case p = 2 is particularly obvious since for fez) = I~ anz , 2 we have hi!,r) = r2n. We show now that the same is true n for aU p> O.
Ig"la I
Lemma: Let! be holomorphic in D and p > O. 1 hen hp(f,r) is a monotone nondecreasing functi01l of r.
We reduce the case of an arbitrary positive p to the case p = 2. Let r 1 < r < 1. Assume first that! has no zeros on z ~ r and consider the function t g(z) = (f(Z»PI2; then PROOF:
II
;1tJ !J(rl,eit)IPdt
~2~
JI
g(rt,eitWdt
~2~ =
J
~
21t
Ig(re
it
)1 2 dt
J
it !J(re ) \p dt
or hp(f, rl) ~ hp(f, r). If! has zeros inside z < r but not on z = r, we denote the zeros, repeating each according to its multiplicity, by (I> ... , (k, and write
II
II
!1(Z) = fez)
" (Z (n))_1 . (11 b r' r
For Iz I < r we have \!(z) \ < \!I(Z) I, for \ z I = r we !J I(Z) I, and!1 is zero-free in Iz I ~ r. It follows that h/f,r l ) < hp(ft>rJ) ~ hp(fl,r)
=
have If(z)
1=
hp(j,r).
Since hp(f, r) is a continuous function of r, the same is true even if does have zeros on z \ = r, and the lemma is proved.
I
f
Lemma: Let {en} be a sequence of complex numbers satisfying (n 1 alld L (1 - Cn 00. Then the product
3.3
I I<
(3.5)
I I) <
B(z) =
TI b(z,(.)=zm II 1
{n#O
_e:«(._=-~ __
1(.1 (l -
z(.)
converges absoilltely and uniformly in every disc of the form
Izl~r<1.
t
Any branch
of(f(z»p12.
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
84
PROOF:
It is sufficient to show that
verges uniformly in
Iz I : : ; r < 1.
But
L
(1 -
and the series converges since
L
/1 -
C~eC
z)_ len (1- zen)
I
I
con-
Ien I) < 00 .
The product (3.5), often called the Blaschke product corresponding to {en}, is clearly holomorphic in D and it vanishes precisely at the points en. Nothing prevents, of course, repeating the same complex number a (finite) number of times in {en}' so that we can prescribe not only the zeros but their multiplicities as well. Since all the terms in (3.5) are bounded by I in modulus, we have B(z) < 1 in D.
I
I
3.4 We now introduce the spaces H P (H for Hardy) and N (N for Nevanlinna). DEFINITION: The space lIP, p> 0, is the (linear) space of all functions f holomorphic in D, such that
(3.6)
If
II~p
=
lim hif, r)
sup hif, r) <
=
r~l
00.
0
T he space N is the space of all functions Jholomorphic in D, such that (3.7)
I f liN
=
sup
O
,f- flog
_7[
+
it
If(r e
)
Idt < 00.
Remarks: (a) For p ~ 1, IIIIHP as defined in (3.6) is a norm and we shall see later that HP endowed with this norm, can be identified with a closed subspace of L!'(T). For p < 1, II lI~p satisfies the triangle inequality and is homogeneous of degree p. It can be used as a metric for HP; II IIHP is homogeneous of degree one but does not satisfy the triangle inequality. II liN is not homogeneous and does not satisfy the triangle inequality. (b) If p' < p we have N:::l HP' :::l HP. The space H2 has a simple characterization:
Lemma: is finite. PROOF:
Letf(z) =I:anzn; thenfEH2 if,andonly if, h if, r)
=
'I.: 1an 2r2n , It follows that II f 1
'I.:la I
2
n
II~' = I~ 1an 12 ....
85
III. The Conjugate Function An immediate consequence is that in this case a., e inl. tegral of j(i') ....,
L:
r is the Poisson in-
3.5 Lemma: Let fEN, and denote its zeros in D by (I> (2'"'' counting each one according to its multiplicity. Then L (1 - I < 00.
q)
Remark: The convergence of the series L (1 -I (n I) is equivalent I (n I hence to the boundedness to the convergence of the product (below) of the series I log I (n I (not counting the zeros at the origin, if any).
n
PROOF: We may assume f(O);& o. By Jensen's inequality (3.3), if M is fixed and r sufficiently close to 1 }.{
10gl!(0) I-II f 11.v ~ Letting r
L logl ~n I - Mlogr. I
-+ 1 we
obtain
and since M is arbitrary the lemma follows.
3.6 If we combine lemma 3.3 with 3.5 we see that iffE N, the Blaschke product corresponding to the sequence of 7..eros of f is a well-defined holomorphic function in D, having the same zeros (with the same mUltiplicities) as f and satisfying I 8(z) I < 1 in D. If we write F(z) = j(z)(B(z)f 1 then F is holomorphic and satisfies I F(z) I > If(z) I in D. We shall refer to f = BF as the callonical factorization of f· Theorem:
Let f
E
H P, P > 0, and let f = BF be its canonica I fac-
torization. Then FE H P and II F IIHP ~ II f IllfP' PROOF:
The Blaschke product B has the form N
B(z)
=
lim N _ ",zmTIb(z, (n) . 1
If we write Fiz) ~f(z)(zmn~ b(z,(,))-t,then F",convergesto Funiformly on every disc of the form I z I ~ r < 1. Since the absolute value of the finite product appearing in the definition of F N tends to one uniformly as I z 1, it follows from lemma 3.2 that F N E /fP and
1-+
"FN IIHP
=
IlfIIHP' Let r hp(F, r)
=
< 1, then
lim h/FN, r) ~ lim N-oo
N-OO
I F IIJp = I f II,fp· N
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
86
r)
f II:p
r
FilliP
filliP,
Now h/F, ~ I for all < 1 is equivalent to I ~I and since the reverse inequality is obvious, the theorem is proved.
~
Theorem 3.6 is a key theorem in the theory of H P spaces. It allows us to operate mainly with zero-free functions which, by the fact of being zero-free, can be raised to arbitrary powers and thereby move from one HP to a more convenient one. This idea was already used in the proof of lemma 3.2. Our first corollary to theorem 3.6 deals with Blaschke products. 3.7 Corollary: Let B be a Blaschke product. Then I B(e it ) 1 = I almost everywhere. it PROOF: Since I B(z) 1 < 1 in D it follows from lemma 1.2 that B(e )
exists as a radial (actually: nontangentiaI) .Iimit for almost all t E T. The canonical factorization of f = B is trivial, the function F is identically one, and consequently
Since 1 B(eit)1 ~ 1, the above equality can hold only if I B(il) 1 = 1 almost everywhere. ~ 3.8 Theorem: Assume fE lIP, p> O. Then the radial limit lim, .... d(reil ) exists for almost all tE T and, denoting it by f(e· t ), we have
PROOf: The case p = 2 follows from 3.4. For arbitrary p > 0, let f = BF be the canonical factorization of f, and write G(z) = (F(z)Y/2. Then G belongs to H2 and consequently G(rei,) -> G(ei~ for almost all t E T; ~t every such t, F(rit) converges to some F(e i ,) such that 1FCit) Ip/2 = 1G(e il ) I. Since B has a radial limit of absolute value one almost everywhere we see that f(i') = limf(r eit ) exists and /fCe i ,) IP/2 = I G(eit ) 1 almost everywhere. 1 il IIGII ~2 ~II ) 1P dt Now I "~p = I F _n c(i') 12 dt = -2n and the proof is complete.
f
Ilftp=
Ilf(e
3.9 The convergence assured by theorem 3.8 is pointwise convergence almost everywhere. For p;:;; 2 we know that f is the Poisson
87
III. The Conjugate Function "
,
,
integral of f(e') and consequently f(re") converges to f(e't) in the J!(T) norm. We shall show that the same holds for p = 1 (hence for p ~ 1); first, however, we use the case p~ 2 to prove:
Theorem: fEH P' ,
Let 0 < p < p' and supposefEHP andf(e i') ElJ"(T), Then
PROOF: As before, if we writef = BF, G(z) = (F(z)Y12, then G E H2 and G(ei') E L2P 'IP(T). G is the Poisson integral of G( eit ) and consequently GEHzp'Ip which means FEHP', hencefEHP'. ~
Corollary: Let fELI(T) alld assume JELI(T); then (f + iJ)EHI, PROOF: We know (corollary 1.6) that (f+ij)EW for all cx< 1 and by the assumption (f. + ij)(eit ) E LI(T). ~
3.10 Theorem: Every function f ill HI can be written as a product f = fd2 with fl.JZ E HZ . Let f = BF be the canonical factorization of Fl/z, fz =BFl/z.
PROOF:
fl
=
3.11
f.
Write ~
We can now prove:
Theorem: Let fE H' and let fCe i ,) be its boul/dary value. Then f is tlte Poisson integral of f(e it ). We prove the theorem by showing that f(re i,) converges to fe/') in the L' norm, This implies that if fez) = Lanzn, then an is the Fourier coefficient of f(i') which is clearly equivalent to f being the Poisson integral of f( it). Write f =fdz with f j EH 2, j = 1,2; we know that as r~ 1, PROOF:
lifiri\- fieit) Ilu -+ O.
f(re it ) - f(e it )
Now, =
f,(reit)fz(re i')
-
fl(eit)/z(/');
adding and subtracting 1,(ei')/2(r eit ) and using the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality, we obtain
IIf(reit ) - f(i')
liLt
it ~ IIJzIIL2I1fl(re ) - fl(eit)lIu
+ II II IILllllireit ) - f2(i t) IIL2 and the proof is complete.
88
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
Remark: See exercise 2 at the end of the section for an extension of the theorem to the case 0 < p < 1. Corollary: Let feL1(T) and leL1(T). Then S[l]
=
S[J].
From 3.9 and the theorem above follows that l(r eit) is the .... Poisson integral of l( i~ (see remark 1.4). PROOF:
3.12 Theorem: Assllme p ~ I . A function f belongs to H P if, and only if, it is the Poisson illtegral of some f(i t ) E l!'(T) satisfying j(lI)
(3.8)
=
0
for all n < O.
Let f E H P ; by theorem 3. I 1, f is the Poisson integral of f(it) and (3.8) is clearly satisfied. On the other hand, let fE IJ(T) and assume (3.8); the Poisson integral off, PROOF;
00
f(re it )
=
2:o j(lI)r" e
is hoIomorphic in D, and since that fez) E HP.
1/
00
int
=
fer e
2: j(n)z" 0
it
) 1/ LP
~
1/
f( eit ) II LP, it follows ....
3.13 For p > 1, we can prove that every fEll P is the Poisson integral of f(e it) without appeal to theorem 3.11 or any other result obtained in this section. We just repeat the proof of lemma 1.2 (which is the case p =00 of 3.12): if fEH P , IIf(re it )/lLP is bounded as r .....d; we it can pick a sequence rn ~ I such that f.(e ) = fern eit ) converge weakly in I!(T) to some f(e it ). Since weak convergence in IJ implies convergence of Fourier coefficients, it is clear that (3.8) is satisfied and that the function f with which v.e started is the Poisson integral of f(i t ). For p = 1 the proof as given above is insufficient. Ll(T) is a subs pace of M(T), the space of Borel measures on T, which is the dual of C(T), and the argument above can be used to show that every f E H 1 is the Poisson integral of some measure Jl on T. This measure has the property (3.9)
{l(n)
=
0,
for all n < 0 .
All that we have to do in order to complete the (alternative) proof of theorem 3.12 in the case p = I is to prove that the measures satisfying (3.9), often called allalytic measures, are absolutely continuous with respect to the Lebesgue measure on T.
III. The Conjugate Function
Theorem: (F. and M. Riesz): fying (3.9)
lien)
=
89
Let Jl be a Borel measure on T satisfor all n <0.
0
Then Jl is absolutely continuous with respect to Lebesgue measure. We first prove:
Lemma: Let E c: T be a closed set of measure zero. There exists a functioll
(ii)
I
(3.10)
1
=
PROOF: Since E is closed and of measure zero we can construct a function !/t(eil) on T such that !/t(ei ,) > 0 everywhere, !/t(ei ,) is coni tinuously differentiable in each component of T" E, !/t(e ,) ~ co as t i approaches E, and !/t E [}(T). The Poisson integral !/t(z) of !/t(e ,) is positive on D and !/t(z) ~ co as z approaches E. The conjugate function is continuous in [)"E (see the end of section 2) and consequently,
~ is holomorphic in D and continuous in jj" E. At every point where !/t(z) < co we have I~(z) I < 1, if we put q;(z)
and as !/t(z) -+ (3.10).
=
00,
!/t(~(~ ~~~{z~ i'
then
rp(z) ~ 1. If we define cp(z)
=
1 on E then
~ satisfies
....
Assume that Jl satisfies the condition (3.9). We can assume P(O) = 0 as well (otherwise consider JL - A(O) dt) and it then follows from Parseval's formula that PROOF OF THE THEOREM:
(3.11)
ff
(j, Jl >=
dll
=
0
for every IE C(T) which is the boundary value of a holomorphic function in D or, equivalently, sllch that J(n) = 0 for alI negative n. Let E c: T be closed and of (Lebesgue) measure zero. Let ~ be a function satisfying (3.10). Then, by (3.11)
f ~md'L f ~m m-"" =
and by (3.10)
lim
0
for alI In> 0
dJl = Jl(E).
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
90
Thus p(E) = 0 for every closed set E of Lebesgue measure zero and, since p is regular, tht: theorem follows. .... 3.14 Theorem 3.13 can be given a more complete form in view of the following important
Theorem: Let fEHP, p>
O,J~
0; then
log IJ(it) IE V(T).
Remarks: The same conclusion holds under the weaker assumption fE N. We state it for H P since we did not prove the existence of f(i t) for fE N (cf. [28], Vol. I, p. 276). Since plog+ If ~ Ifl p , it we already know that log+ J(e ) EL'(T). Thus the content of the it theorem is that J(e ) cannot be too small on a large set.
I
I
I
PROOF: Replacing f by z-mJ, if J has a zerO of order m at z we may assume f(O) r!: O. Let r < 1; then, by Jensen's inequality
=
0,
(where log-x = -logx if x < 1 and zero otherwise). It follows that Jlloglf(reit)lldt is bounded as r-+ I and the theorem follows from .... Fatou's lemma.
Corollary: If fr!: 0 is in HP, f(e i') call vanish only on a set of measure zero. Combining theorem 3.13 with our last corolJary we obtain that analytic measures are equivalent to Lebesgue's measure (i.e., they all have the same null sets).
3.15 Theorem: Let E ,be a closed proper subset of T. Any COIItilluous Junction on E can be approximated uniJormly by Taylor polYllomials. t We denote by C(E) the algebra of all continuous functions on E endowed with the supremum norm. The theorem claims that the restrictions to E of Taylor polynomials are dense in C(E). Consider a measure Ji carried by E orthogonal to all zn, n = 0, 1, .... PROOF:
t We use the term "Taylor polynomial" to designate trigonometric polynomials of the form L~aneint.
m. The Conjugate Function
91
pen) = 0 sO that f1. is analytic; hence I' = I dt with by E. By theorem 3.14 I = 0; hence there is no nontrivial functional on C(E), which is orthogonal to all Taylor polynomials, and the theorem follows from the Hahn-Banach theorem. ~ Now (zn,ji.) =
I E HI ,J carried
3.16
We finish this section with another application of 3.10. Theorem: (Hardy): Letf(z) = I,g'a nz nEH I • Then I,'flanln-1
Remark: (3.8), then
The theorem can also be stated: "Let
IE Ll(T)
satisfy
I, f If(n) In-I 51/f11z.l."
If F(e il ) is a primitive of I(e i ,), then F is continuous on T and consequently its Fourier series is Abel summable to F at every t E T. In particular I, 'f (anlnV tends to a finite limit as r -+ 1. If we assume an;?; 0 for all n then I,a"ln is clearly convergent (compare with the proof of 1.4.2). In the general case write 1= Id2 with 11 E H2 and f2 E H2. Writing liz) = I,Aj,n zn we have an = I,~=oA1.kA2.n-k and consequently lanl ~ a: = I,~=oIAI,kIIA2n-kl. The functions!f(z) = I, IAi.nl zn are clearly in H2 so that, by the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality, I*(z) = Ji(z)/i(z) = I, a:znE HI. Since an*;?; 0 it follows from the first part of the proof that I,'f (a: In) < 00 and the theorem follows PROOF:
I I
from an ~
a: .
~
3.17 LetfeH I and assume 1hat f(i') is of bounded variation on T. [f I,..., I,;:'ane int then I,~inaneint is the Fourier-Stieltjes series of til. Thus the measure df satisfies the condition of theorem 3.13 and dt and /,(z) is in HI. Combining this with 3.16 consequently dl = we obtain:
r
Theorem: Let leHI and assume that f(eit)is of bounded variation on T. Then f(e i') is absolutely continuous and I,lf(n)1 ~ 00.
An equivalent form of the theorem is (see 3.9): Theorem: Let 1,/ E LI(T) and assume that both I and I are 01 boullded variation. Then they are both absolutely continuous alld
L~GOjj(n)l<
00.
EXERCISES FOR SECTION 3 1. Deduce theorem 3.13 (F. and M. Riesz) from theorem 3.1 1. 2. Show that for all p>O, if fEH P, then flf(it)-f(rlWdt-+O as
92
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
r-+ 1. Hint: Reduce the general case to the case in which I is zero-free. In the case that I is zero-free, \\Tite 11 =/t; then /1 E H 2p and
hence show that if the statement is valid for 2p is also valid for p. Use the fact that it is valid for p;;;;' 2. 3. Let E be a closed set of measure zero on T. Let rp be a continuous function on E. (a) Show that there exists a function <1>, holomorphic in D and continuous on D such that <1>(eil ) = rp(e il ) on E, (b) Show that <1> can be chosen satisfying the additional condition sUPzeDI
=
sUPe'feEI rp(eil)l.
Him: Construct
Chapter IV
Interpolation of Linear Operators and the Theorem of Hausdorff-Young
Interpolation of norms and of linear operators is really a topic in functional analysis rather than harmonic analysis proper; but, though less so than ten years ago, it still seems esoteric among authors in functional analysis and we include a brief account. The interpolation theorems that are the most useful in Fourier analysis are the RieszThorin theorem and the Marcinkiewicz theorem. We give a general description of the complex interpolation method and prove the RieszThorin theorem in section 1. In the second section we use Riesz-Thorin to prove the Hausdorff-Young theorem. We do not discuss the Marcinkiewicz theorem although it appeared implicitly in the proof of theorem 111.1.7. We refer the reader to Zygmund ([28 J chap. XII) for a complete account of Marcinkiewicz's theorem. 1. INTERPOLATION OF NORMS AND OF LINEAR OPERATORS
1.1 Let B be a normed linear space and let F be defined in some domain n in the complex plane, taking values in B. We say that F is holomorphic in n if, for every continuous linear functional J1 on B, the numerical function h(z} =
I
I I
93
Analysi~
94
An Introduction to Harmonic
(1.1)
IIFII = sup {II F(iy) 110' IIF(I +iy)lll}' y
•
For 0 < a < 1, the set BB,. = {F EBB; F(a) = O} is a linear subspace of BB. We shall say that 110 and are consistent if BB~ is closed in BB for all < a < I. A convenient criterion for consistency is the following:
I III
I
°
Lemma: Assume that for every fE B, r i:- 0, there exists afunctional IL continuous with respect to both 110 and such that (f.f1.) i:- O. Then 110 alld 1/ are consistent.
°
I
I Ill'
I
III
PROOF: Let <:x < 1 and let Fn E fJ8,., Fn -+ F in :fl. Let IL be an arbitrary linear functional continuous with respect to both norms. The functions (F.(z),f1.) are bounded on the strip Q and tend to (F(2),J1) uniformly on the lines z = iy and z = 1 + iy. By the theorem of Phragmen-LindelOf the convergence is uniform throughout nand in particular (F(a),J1) = limn~o:>(Fn(a),J1) = O. Since this is true for every functional J1 it follows that F(a) = 0, that is, FE f!$. and the .: lemma is proved. ~
I lit
Remark: The condition of the lemma is satisfied if!1 110 and both majorize a third norm" 112' This follows from the Hahn-Banach theorem: iff i:- 0, there cxists a functional f1. continuous with respect to 112 such that (f,IL) i:- O. It is clear that if > 112' f1. is continuous with respect to " j ' j = 0, 1 .
I
I II} I
I
1.2 We interpolate consistent norms on B as follows: for 0 < a < 1, the quotient space BljBl,. is algebraically isomorphic to 8 (through the mapping F -+ F(a». Since :!I,. is closed in ff9, Blj/4,. has a canonical quotient norm which we can transfer to 8 through the forementioned isomorphism; we denote this new norm on B by The usefulness of this method of interpolating norms comes from the fact that it permits us to interpolate linear operators in the following sense:
I I •.
Theorem: Let 8 (resp. 8') be a normed linear space with two CO/lsistent norms I!o and (resp. II~ alldll II~)· Denote the interpolating norms by (resp. II~), 0 < a < t. Let S be a linear • transformation from B to B' which i~ bounded as
I
(1.2)
I III I I
(B,
I
I
I II)! (8; I II;),
j
= 0, 1 .
95
IV. Interpolation of Linear Operators
Then S is bounded as (1.3)
(B, II Ila)
alld its norm II S
1111
-!
(B', II II),
satisfies
I S 1111 ~ I S I!~ -II I S II~ .
(1.4)
PROOF: We denote by 89' the space of holomorphic B'-valued functions which is us~d in defining I I!~. The map B ~ B' can be extended to a map 14-+ fig' by writing SF(z) = 8{F(z». To show that SF so defined is holomorphic, we consider an arbitrary functional JI, continuous with respect to II II~ or I and notice that (SF(z),Jl) = (F(Z),S*JI). Since SF(z) is clearly bounded it follows that SF E fJI' • Let /E B, II / lIa = 1; then there exists an FE fJI such that F(rx) = / and such that I F I < 1 + 8. Applying S to F, we obtain
!I:,
I S/II~ ~
II SF II' ~ (1 + e) max (II Silo'" Sill);
hence II S 1111
~ max(1I Silo' II S !It>
which proves the continuity of (1.3). To prove the better estimate (1.4), we consider the function eQ(z-a) F(z), where ell = I S 110 II S II; I. We have
I s/II:
~ "S(e (Z-II)F(z» Q
=
II'
sup{e-Q<xIISF(it)II~, e
Q
(1-
lIl
IlSF(1 + it)
II:}
t
~ (1 + 8)sup{e-
=
QII
Q
II Silo' e (1-II)!! Sill}
(1+e)IISII~-allslI~·
..
Remark: The idea of using the function eD (Z-II) goes back to Hadamard (the "three-circles theorem"); it can be used to show that, for every /E B, (1.5)
1.3 A very important example of interpolation of norms is the following: let (X, dx) be a measure space, let I ~ Po < PI ~ CIJ, and let B be a subspace of J!o (') U'(dx). We claim that the norms II 110 and II III induced on B by 1.!'°(dx) and U'(dx), respectively, are consistent. By lemma 1.1, all we have to show is that, given / E B, / # 0,
96
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
there exists a linear functional J1, continuous with respect to both norms, such that 'J1> # 0; we can take as J1 the functional defined by 'J1>=jfgd1 where gEVnL"'(dl) has the propertyt that fg> 0 whenever
\II> o.
B LPO (")
Let (X, dl) be a measure space, = I!'(dl) (with t ~ Po < PI ~ (0). Denote by " the norms induced by J!'(dl) , and by II 1111 the interpolating norms. Then II II. coincides with the norlll induced all B by l!'a(dl) where Theorem:
t
_
(1.6)
___ J'OPI_ __
Pil - poa
+ PI(t
(
_ a)
Po
= 1_ a
of
I
PI
Let fEB and IlfIILPa~l. Consider F(z) = i = e ., and
PROOf:
where
f
= 00
\II
a=poai°;'&I~)
(= I-J--a
WehaveF(a)=fand consequently Ilfll.~ = so that
\llp·,PO
II F(iy)
110
=
)
\11
• 0
(:-11)+
lei.,
if PI =(0).
IIFII;nowIF(iy)1 = \III-a.
(f \lIPa dl
t
Po
~ I;
similarly 111'(1 + iy) III ~ 1 (use the same argument if PI < 00 and check directly if PI = (0); hence ~ 1. This proves II II,,;?;; II P • ° In order to prove the reverse inequality, we denote by qo, ql the conjugate exponents of Po and PI and notice that the exponent conjugate
Ilfllll
IIL
to p" is
(1.6') We now set B' = Co (") Lq'(dl) and denote by go' the corresponding space of holomorphic B'-valued functions. LetfE B and assume 111 IIL P • > I; then, since 8' is dense in C·, there exists agE B' such that IILO. ~ 1 and such that j fgdl > 1. As in the first part of this proof, there exists a function G E go' such that G(a) = g and II G II (with respect to qo, q I) is bounded by t. Let FE tB such that F(a) = j. The function h(z) = j F(z)G(z)dl (remember that for each ZEn, F(Z)EB and G(z)EB') is holomorphic and bounded in n (see Appendix). Now Il(a) > 1, hence, by the Phragmen-LindelOf
h
t If we writef= I f I eicp with real-valued
!P. we may takeg = min (l,lfIPo)eiCP.
IV. Interpolation of Linear Operators
I I I I I
97
theorem, h(z) must exceed 1 on the boundary, However, on the boundary lI(z) ~ F" ~ F!! so that 1/ F 1. This proves ~ 1 and it follows that and 1/ are identical. ..
l/fll"
IIG I I I II"
I/u.
II>
1.4 As a corollary to theorems 1.2 and 1.3, we obtain the RieszThorin theorem. Theorem: Let (X, dr) and (~, dl}) be two measure spaces. Let B = !!,o fl lJ"(dl) and 8' = fl I!".(dl}) alld let S be a linear transformation from B to B', cOlltinuous as (B, (B', j = 0, I, where (resp. II~) is the norm induced by I!"(dx) (resp. I!'J(dlJ». Then S is contilluous as
eo
I Ilj
I Ilj);
I
(8,11
II,,); (B', II
I Iii),
II~),
where II 1111 (resp. II II~) is the norm induced by J!·(dx) (resp. I!~(dl}), p" and p~ are defined in (1.6».
A bounded linear transformation S from one normed space 8 to another can be completed in one and only one way, to a transformation having the same norm, from the completion of B into the completion of the range space of S. Thus, under the assumption of 1.4, S can be extended as a transformation from If·(dr) into IT; (dl}) with norm satisfying (1.4). The same remark is clearly valid for theorem 1.2. *1.5 As a first application of the Riesz-Thorin theorem we give Bochner's proof of M. Riesz' theorem III.1.8. We show that !!'(T) admits conjugation in the case that p is an even integer. It then follows by interpolation that the same is true for all p ~ 2. Using duality we can then obtain the result for all p > 1. Let f be a real- valued trigonometric polynomial and assume, for simplicity, 1(0) = O. As usual we denote the conjugate by f and put f" = t(f + if)· P is a Taylor polynomiaIt and its constant term is zero; the same is clearly true for (10) P, P being any positive integer. Consequently 1 2n (f°(tW dt = O.
f
Assume now that p is ev:!n, p = 2k, and consider the real part of the identity above; we obtain: t We use the term "Taylor polynomial" to designate trigonometric polynomials of the fonn r~aneinl.
98
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
~
2n
f
(J)2k
dt - (2k) ~ f (J)2k- 2r dt + (2k) ~ f (/)2k-Y4 dt 2 2n 4 2n Z
_ ... =0. By HOlder's inequality
hence
or, denoting we have
which implies that Y is bounded by a constant depending on k (i.e., on p). Thus the mapping i ~ J is bounded in the l!(T) norm for all polynomials i, and, since polynomials are dense in L"(T), the theorem follows. EXERCISES FOR SECfION I I. Prove inequality (1.5).
2. Let {an} be a sequence of numbers. Find min(L conditions L an l 2 = I, L an 14 = a.
I
I
Iani) under the
2. THE THEOREM OF HAUSDORFF-YOUNG
The theorem of Riesz-Thorin enables us to prove now a theorem that we stated without proof at the end of J.4 (theorem 1.4.7); it is known as the Hausdorff-Young theorem:
Theorem: Let 1 ~ p ~ 2 alld let q be the conjugate exponent, that is, q = p/(p-l). If fEI!(T) then L Il(n)lq < 00. More pre-
2.1
cisely
(L
Il(n)lq)l,q~
"i"V'. :F
The mappingf ~ {/(n)} is a transformation of functions ~n the measure space (T,dt) into functions on (Z,dll), Z being the group of integers and £ill the so-called counting measure, that is, the PROOf:
IV. Interpolation of Linear Operators
99
measure that places a unit mass at each integer. We know that the norm of the mapping as LI(T)! L""(Z) = t'" is 1 (1.1.4) and we know that it is an isometry of VeT) onto U(Z) = t2 (1.5.5). It follows from the Riesz-Thorin theorem that :F is a transformation of norm ~ 1 from J!(T) into I!(Z) = t q > which is precisely the statement of our theorem. We can add that sinC£ the exponentials are mapped with ~ no loss in norm, the norm of f! 1 on H(T) into t q is exactly 1. 2.2 Theorem: Let 1 ~ P ~ 2 and let q be the cOlljugate exponent. If {an} E t P thell there exists a fUllction fE JJ(T) such that an = 1(11) • Moreover, Ilflll,. ~ la n lp)l/P.
(2:
PROOF: Theorem 2.2 is the exact analog to 2.1 with the roles of the groups T and Z reversed. The proof is identical: if {an} E t 1 then f(t) = 2: anein , is continuous on T and l(n) = an' The case p = 2 is again given by theorem 1.5.5 and the case 1 < P < 2 is obtained by interpolation. ~
*2.3 We have already made the remark (end of ].4) that theorem 2.1 cannot be extended to the case p > 2 since there exist continuous functions f such that 2: 11(11) 12 -. = 00 for all & > O. An example of "" ein logn . such a function isf(t) = 2: --1/2 -. -)2 ern, (see [2H] , vol. I, p. 199); n=2 11 (ogll another example is get) = I m- 2r m/2fm(t) where fm are the RudinShapiro polynomials (see exercise 1.6.6, part c.) We can try to explain the phenomenon by a less explicit but more elementary construction. The first remark is that this, like many problems in analysis, is a problem of comparison of norms. It is sufficient, we claim, to show that, given p < 2, there exist functions g such that II g II 00 ~ 1 and I I§(II) IP is arbitrarily big. If we assume that, we may assume that our functions g are polynomials (replace g by (Jig) with sufficiently big n) and then, taking a sequence Pr-+2, gj satisfying II gill", ~ 1 and Ln",=_",\§/II)lpJ>2 J , we can writef= Lj=lr2eimj'gj(t) where the integers m j increase fast enough to ensure that eimj' git) and eimktgit) have no frequencies in common if j i:- k. The series defining f converges uniformly and for any p < 2 we have
100
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
One way to show the existence of the functions g above is to show that, given e > 0, there exist functions g sati:;fying (2.1)
IIgll",~l,
IldL2~L
I
I
sup g(lI) <e. n
In fact, if (2.1) is valid then
2:
Ig(n)lp~
eP-zL Ig(n)12>i ep - 2 ,
and if e can be chosen arbitrarily small, the corresponding g will have I 1g(n)IP arbitrarily large. Functions satisfying (2.1) are not hard to find; however, it is important to realize that when we need a function satisfying certain conditions, it may be easier to construct an example rather than look for one in our inventory. We therefore include a construction of functions satisfying (2.1). The key remark in the construction is simple yet very useful: if P is a trigonometric polynomial of degree N, f E IJ(T) and }.. > 2N is an integer, then the Fourier coefficients of ~t) = f(}..t)P(t) are either zero or have the form j(m)P(k). This follows from the identity 97(n) = I;'m+k=J(m)P(k) and the fact that there is at most one way to write n = Am + k with integers m, k such that 1 k 1 ~ N < A/2. Consider now any continuous function of modulus 1 on T, which is not an exponential (of the form ein .); for example t{!(t)=eicos t. Since $(n) 12 = 1 and the sum contains more than one term, it follows that suP. 1$(n) I = p < 1. Let M be an integer such that pM < E. Let 'I < 1 be such
II
that '1M> t. Let fji = O"N(t{!) , where the order N is high enough to ensure tI < 1
TIf=1
*2,4 We can use the polynomials satisfying (2.1) to show also that theorem 2.2 does not admit an extension to the case p> 2. fn fact, we can construct a trigonometric series I an e int which is 1Iot a FourierSlieltjes series, and such that I 1 anl P < ro for all p> 2. Let gj be a trigonometric polynomial satisfying (2.1) with e = 2 - i. Since now p> 2 we have
2:
1iifl)jP ~ e P - z
L
1gj(fl) 12 ~
r
j(p-2)
Ij
and consequently, for any choice of the integers mi , eimj'g/t) = Iane int does satisfy 1an Ip < ro for all p > 2. We now choose the integers
L
IV. Interpolation of Linear Operators
101
I1!J increasing very rapidly in order to well separate the blocks corresponding to j eimJ'g, in the series above. If we denote by N j the degree ofthe polynomial gj' we can take mjso that 3Nj > mj-1 + 3N j _ 1 • If anein'is the Fourier-StieItjes series of a measure Jl then
In, -
L
Jl
* eim,lyNJ = j eimjlgj
(YNJ being de la Vallee Poussin's kernel)
and consequently
which is impossible. We have thus proved
Theorem: (a) There exists a continuous fUllction f such that for all p < 2, l1(n)lp = roo (b) There exists a trigonometric series, I an e,n" which is not a p Fourier-Stieltjes series, such that anl < ro for all p > 2.
L
LI
*2.5 We finish this section with another construction: that of a set E of positive measure on T which carries no function with Fourier coefficients in t P for any p < 2. Such a set clearly must be totally disconnected and therefore carries no continuous functions. Its characteristic function, however, is a bounded function the Fourier coefficients of which belong to no t P , P < 2.
Theorem: There exists a compact set Eon T such that E has positive measure alld such that' the only functi01l f carried by E with I IJ(j) IP < ro for some p < 2, is f == 0 . First, we introduce the notation t
and prove:
Lemma: Let e> 0, 1 ~ p < 2. There exists a closed set E.,p c T havi1lg the following properties: (1) The measure of E•. p is > 21< - e. (2) Iff is carried byE, p then
11I1!st
OO
PROOF:
ellflls,p.
Let y> O. Put
epi t) = t
~
Notice that
y - 21< {
-1-y-
iI lis!' is the same
o< t < y y~ t
as II
IIA(T) •
~
mod 2IT
2IT mod 2IT .
102
An rntroduction to Harmonic Analysis
Then, by theorem 2.1 !..-I
I tpy lI,to ~ I tpyllu ~
(2.3)
1 1 where - + - = 1.
2rry
p
q
We notice that ~/O) = 0 so that, if we choose the integers )..1' A2 , ••• , AN increasing fast enough, every Fourier coefficient of L~ tp/AA is essentially a Fourier coefficient of one of the summands. It then follows that 1 N n q.!.-I 9 ' (2.4) tp,(Ai) II ~ 2N tpy II N
2:
I lI,t
Ft9
1
We take a large value for N and put y =
=
$(t)
1 N
e/ Nand
N
2:
tppjt).
1
Then, by (2.3) and (2.4), it follows that .!..- I !..-I .!.-I .!.-.!. q q N = 4rrE" N "
II $IIFto~ 4rrl
so that if N is large enough
I $11:r(0 <
n
E.
We can take
N
E.,p
= {t;
I}
=
{t; tppjt)
= I}.
1
Since tpy(..1) #- 1 on a set of measure y, it follows that
IE.,pl ~ 2rr - Ny
= 2rr -
Now if f is carried by E.,p' then for arbitrary n,
e.
'
](n) ;rrf e-intf(t)dt = ;nf e-inlf(t)$(t)dt. =
It follows from Parseval's formula that
and the proof of the lemma is complete.
-n,
Take en = 3 Pn = 2 - en and E= 1 ECn,Pn' The measure of E is clearly positive, and if f is carried by E and P < 00 for some P < 2, it follows that PROOf OF THE THEOREM:
n:=
or all
II
II! II§t
large enough; hence 1 = 0 and so f = O.
103
IV. Interpolation of Linear Operators EXERCISES FOR SECTION 2
1. Verify that r(11I+l)/2fm ([m as defined in exercise 1.6.6, part c) satisfy (2.1) when r(m+1)/2 < e. 2. Show that if N> e -1 and that if mn increases fast enough, then g, defined by: g(t) =eiNmntfor 2nn/N ~!~2n(n + I)/N, n=l, ... ,N sat isfies (2.1). 3. Let {all} be an even sequence of positive numbers. A closed set E c T is a set of type U(a,,) if the only distribution Jl carried by E and satisfying {1(n) = o(a,,) as I n I -+ (», is Jl = O. Show that if a" -+ 0 there exist sets E of positive measure which are of type U(a,,). Hint: For 0 < a < 1r we write (see exercise 1.6.3):
t..(t)
__ {01-a- 1I
t
l
III a
~
~
a
It I
;5
n.
We have t.. E A(T), II t.. I AU) = I, and ~a(O) = a/2n. Choose nj so that I n I> nJ implies aj < 1O-~; put E j = {t; t. 2 -)(2n/) = o} and 1 j E = E j • Notice that lEI;;;; 2n 2 - > O. If Jl is carried imr by E we have, for all m and j, < e t. 3-) (2nJ'), Jl > = 0 since t. 3-) (2n/) vanishes in a neighborhood of E. By Parseval's formula
L
ni"'=1
3- i - - -
.
0= <e,mtt.3._;(2ni),Jl)
=
-fi.(m)
21[
.......--..... -----j (k){1(m +2nj k)
+ I t. 3 k*O
if nj > I m I and if I{1(n)l ~ an we have for k :f- 0, I p(m + 2njk) I < 10- J, hence (3- i /2n) I fi.(m) I < lO- i . Letting j-+ (» we obtain p(m) = 0, and, m being arbitrary, Jl = O.
Chapter V
Lacunary Series and Quasi-analytic Classes
The theme of this chapter is that of 1.4, namely, the study of the ways in which properties of functions or of classes of functions are reflected by the Fourier series. We consider important special case~ of the following general problem: let A be a sequence of integers and B a homogeneous Banach space on T; denote by B" the closed subspace of B spanned by {i).I}A e" or, equivalently, the space of all IE B with Fourier series of the form e" a l eill • Describe the properties of functions in B" in terms of their Fourier serics (and A). An obvious example of the above is the case of a finite A in which ~1I the functions in B" are polynomials. If A is the sequence of nonnegative integers and B = J!(T), 1 ~ P < if.), then B" is the space of boundary values of functions in the corresponding HP. Tn the first section \\<e consider lacunary sequences A and show, for instance, that if A is lacunary a la Hadamard then (V(T»" = (V(T»" and every bounded function in (V(T»" has an absolutely convergent Fourier series. In the second section we prove the Denjoy-Carleman theorem on the quasi-analyticity of classes of infinitely differentiable functions and discuss briefly some related problems.
LA
l. LACUNARY SERIES
1.1 A scquence of positive integers Un} is said to be Hadamardlacunary, or simply lacunary, if there exists a constant q > 1 such that }'n+l > qAn for all n. A power series LanzA .. is lacunary if the 104
V. Lacunary Series and Quasi-analytic Classes
105
sequence P.} is, and a trigonometric series is lacunary if all the frequencies appearing in it have the form ± A. where Pn} is lacunary. The reason for mentioning Hadamard's name is his classical theorem stating that the circle of convergence of a lacunary power series is a natural boundary for the function given by the sum of the series within its domain of convergence. The general idea behind Hadamard's theorem and behind most of the results concerning lacunary series is that the sparsity of the exponents appearing in the series forces on it a certain homogeneity of behavior. 1.2 Lacunarity can be used technically in a number of ways. OUf first example is "local"; it illustrates how a Fourier coefficient that stands apart from the others is affected by the behavior of the function in a neighborhood of a point. Lemma: Let fE Ll(T) and assume that 1(j) = 0 for all j satisfying 1 ~ I no - j I ~ 2N. Assume that f(t) = O(t) as t -+ O. Then
(1.1)
IJ(no)1 ~ 2rr4(N-l
It- f(l) I + N-zllfIIL')' I
sup Irl
PROOf: We use the condition J(j) = 0 for j satisfying j ~ 2N as follows: let gN be any polynomial of degree 2N 1~ satisfying gN(O) = 1, then
Ino - I
KN IIi/K;, KN
We take gN = I membering inequality
I KNllzl =
(3.10)
t (1- )~llr
being Fejer's kernel of order N; reof chapter I and noticing that
>
~
we obtain
gN(t) ~ 2rr 4 N- 3 t- 4 •
We now write
The first integral is bounded by
106
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
The second integral is bounded by
The third integral is bounded by
Adding up the three estimates we obtain (Ll). Corollary: Let P.n} be a lacunary sequence and I'" I ancos A.nt be in V(T). Assume that I is differentiable alone point. Then an = O(A;I). PROOF: Assume that I is differentiable at t = o. Replacing it, if ne· cessary, by 1-1(0) cos t - 1'(0) sin t we can assume 1(0) = 1'(0) = o. It follows that I(t) = oCt) as t -? o. The lacunarity condition on {An} is equivalent to saying that there exists a positive constant c such that, for all n, none of the numbers j satisfying I ~ An - j ~ cA.n is in the sequence; hence !(j) = 0 for all such j. Applying the lemma with no = A.n and 2N = cA.n we obtain a.,. = 2!().n) = 0(..1.; 1). ~
I
Corollary: The differentiable.
Weierstrass lunction
I
I
2 -ncos 2 nt is nowhere
I I
The condition an = o().; 1) clearly implies that I an < ro. It is not hard to see (see Zygmund [28], chap. 2, §3, 4) thatf(t) = I an cos A•.t is then in LipaCT) for all Cf. < 1 and that it is differentiable on a set having the power of the continuum in every interval. Thus, for a lacunary series, differentiability at one point implies differentiability on an everywhere dense set. This is one example of the "certain homogeneity of behavior" mentioned earlier. We can obtain a more striking result if instead of differentiability we consider Lipschitz conditions. For instance, if 0 < Cf. < 1, a lacunary series that satisfies a Lip.. condition at a point satisfies the same condition everywhere (see exercise 1 at the end of the section).
1.3 Another typical use of the condition of lacunarity is through its arithmetical consequences. A useful remark is that if Aj+ 1 ~ qAJ
V. Lacunary Series and Quasi-analytic Classes
107
with q ~ 3, then every integer n has at most one representation of the '1jAj where '11 = -1,0,1. With this remark in mind we form n = consider products of the form
L
N
(1.2)
PN(t)
= 11 (1 + ajcos(A/ + rp) 1
the a /s being arbitrary complex numbers and rpj E T . The Fourier coefficients of a factor 1 + ajcos(Al + rpj) are: 1 for 1J = 0, tajei., for n = Aj' !aje-i'!'J for n = -Aj' and zero elsewhere. If we assume the lacunarity condition with q ~ 3, it follows that PN(II) = 0 unless n = L'1jAj, with '1j = -1,0,1, in which case PN(n) = IT~j*o!ajeiqj,!,J; in particular PN(O) = 1. If we compare the Fourier series of P N+ 1 to that of PN we see that PN+ 1 contains P N as a partial sum, and contains two more blocks: !aN+ lei'!'N+' ei )." + ,I PN and taN+l e-i'!'N+'e-iJ.N+.IPN. The frequencies appearing in the first block lie within the interval (AN+l- L~Aj' AN+l + I~A) c c (AN+l (q - 2)/(q - 1), AN+lq/(q - 1» and the second block is symmetric to the first with respect to the origin. No matter what coefficients a j we take, the (formal) infinite product P =
'" (1 + ajcos(Ajt + rpj» 11 1
can be expanded as a well-defined trigonometric series, and if the product converges in the weak-star topology of M(T) to a function f or a measure fJ, then the corresponding trigonometric series is the Fourier series of f (resp. fJ). We shall refer to the finite or infinite products described above as Riesz products. Two classes of Riesz products will be of special interest. 1. The coefficients aj are all real and aj ~ 1. In this case 1 + ajcos(Ajt + rp;) ~ 0 hence PN(t) ~ 0 for all N. It follows that PN = PN(O) = 1 and, taking a weak-star limit point, it follows that P is a positive measure of total mass 1 (i.e., that the trigonometric series formally corresponding to P is 'the Fourier-Stieltjes series of a positive measure of mass 1). 2. The coefficients aj are purely imaginary (in which case we shall write P = IT(1 + iajcos(Ajt + rp) with aj real) and satisfy \a j l 2 < 00. In this case 1 ~ + iajcos(Ajt + ~ 1 + a; and 1 ~ PH(t) ~ IT ~ (1 + a;) < 00. Since the PH are uniformly bounded
I I
I IlL'
I
I
I
11
rpj)1
108
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
we can pick a sequence N j such that P N , converge weakly to a bounded function P whose Fourier series is the formal expansion of P. 1.4 The usefulness of the Riesz products can be seen in the proof of
Lemma: Let f(t) = r.~N cjei ).}I with A_ j = -Aj, Al > 0 alld, for some q> 1, Aj + 1 > qA j , j = 1,2,,,.,N. Theil (1.3) and (1.4) where Aq alld Bq are cOllstants depending only on q. We remark first that it is sufficient to prove (1.3) and (1.4) in the case thatfis real valued (i.e., c_ j = cj ) since we can then apply them separately to the real and imaginary parts of arbitrary f, thereby at most doubling the constants Aq and Bq. Assume first that q ~ 3. In order to prove (L.3) we consider the Riesz product p(t) = n~ (I + cos (Ajt + Pj» where PJ is defined by We have pilL' = I and consequently the condition Cjei'PJ = 11/2rrJP(t)f(t)dtl~II!II(X). Since P(Aj ) = tei'P} we obtain from Parseval's formula: 1C; ei'PJ = ! Cj ~ and (1.3) follows with Aq = 2 for real-valued f and Aq = 4 in the general case. For the proof of (1.4) we consider a Riesz product of the second type. We remark that Il!lIi2=IlcjI2andifwetakeaj=lcjl'lIfll~! and Pj such that iCjei'Pj = cj then pet) = (I + ia j cos (A} + Pj» is uniformly bounded by + aJ )t~ etID; = et . By Parseval's formula PROOF:
I
Icjl.
I I I II! I
I
I I
n(1
(X)
,
n
which is (1.4) with Bq = 2et . Again if we put Bq = 4et then (1.4) is valid for complex-valued functions as well. If 1 < q < 3 and we try to repeat the proofs above, we face the difficulty that, having set the product P the way we did, we cannot assert that P(A) is 1- e''P' (or fia j ei'P' , in case 2) since Aj may happen to satisfy nontrivial relations of the form Aj = L tlk)'k with 11k = 0, ± 1. We can, however, construct the Riesz products for subsequences of Vj }. Let M = Mq be an integer large enough so that
V. Lacunary Series and Quasi-analytic Classes MIl q > 3, 1 - ---- > -, and qM - 1 q
(1.5)
1+
-M
q
109
t
-1 < q.
-
For k ~ m < M write ).~m) = Am+jM and notice that A~~l > qMA~m). By the remark concerning the frequencies appearing in a Riesz product it follows that all the frequencies n appearing in any product corres-
11111- Ajm) I < q-~): 1
ponding to {Ajm)} satisfy
for some j, hence
by (1.5) if k > 0, k '1= m (mod M), ± }ot does not appear as a frequency in a Riesz product constructed on {Ajm)}. It follows that if
pet) then 1 -2n
J -
= I1 (1 + am+iMcOS()·m+iM t + rpm+j,\f»
P(t)f(t)dt
'"
= ~"
1 -a .· (e'CPm+iMc m+JM . 2 m+JM
. + e-'CP,"+JM .) c -m-JM
and repeating the two constructions used above we obtain
~
(1.3')
(2
(1.4')
Icm+jMI ~ 4 111 I
'fJ
ICm +jMI2)t ~ 4etllfllLI.
Adding (1.3') and (1.4') for m = I, ... ,M we obtain (1.3) and (1.4) with Aq = 4Mq and Bq = 4e t M q. ~
L I I
Theorem: Let {AA be lacunary. (a) If cjei).Jt is the Fourier series of a bounded function, then L cj < ro. (b) If ciei).jt is a Fourier series, then Icj l2 < 00.
L
PROOF:
Writef(t) ~ L
Cj
L
ei).jt and apply (1.3) resp. (1.4) to
u.cr. t).
~
1.5 The role of the Riesz products in the proof of lemma 1.4 may become clearer if we consider the statements obtained from 1.4 by duality. For an arbitrary sequence of ¥1tegers A, we denote by C... the space of all continuous functions f on T such that j(lI) = 0 if n rf.A. CA is clearly a closed subspace of C(T). DEFINITION: A set of integers A is a Sidon set if every an absolutely convergent Fourier series.
fE
C... has
It follows from the closed-graph theorem that A is a Sidon set if, and only if, there exists a constant K such that (1.6) for every polynomial
;' Ij(n) I < K fE C ....
Ilf/l",
110
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
Lemma: A set (of integers) A is a Sidon set if, and only if,for every bounded sequence {d"h eA there exists a measure JL E M(T) such that P.(l) = d). for A EA. PROOF: Let A be a Sidon set and {d).} a bounded sequence on A. The mapping f ~ eAI(A) J;. is a well-defined linear functional on CA' By the Hahn-Banach theorem it can be extended to a functional on C(T), that is, a measure p. For this measure JL we have
L).
(1.7)
for all lEA.
Assume, on the other hand, that the interpolation (1.7) is always possible. LetfE CA and write d). = sgnj(A). Then, by Parseval's formula L II(A) I = L lu,) J). is summable to <J, JL) where JL is a measure which satisfies (1.7). Since for series with positive terms summability is equivalent to convergence, L II(A) 1 < 00 and the proof is complete. ~ The statement of part (a) of theorem 1.4 is that lacunary sequences are Sidon sets, and the Riesz product is simply an explicit construction of corresponding interpolating measures. 1.6 The statement of part (b) of theorem 1.4 is that for lacunary A, (V(T»A = (U(T)A' Every sequence {d).} such that eA 1d" 12 < 00 defines, as above, a linear functional on (U(T)h which, by 1.4, is a closed subspace of V(T). Remembering that the dual space of Ll(T) is LOO(T), we obtain, using the Hahn-Banach theorem, that there exists a bounded measurable function g such that
L).
(1.8) Here, again, Riesz products (of type 2) provide explicit construction of such functions g. One can actually prove the somewhat finer result:
L).
Theorem: Let A be lacunary and assume that eA 1d" 12 < 00. Then there exists a continuous function g such that (1.8) is valid. We refer the reader to exercise 6 for the proof.
EXERCISES FOR SECTION I 1. Let Pn} be lacunary and let I,...., L an cos )'nt. Assume that I satisfies a Lip" condition with 0 < (X < 1 at t = to. Show that an = O(A;") as n ~ <Xl. Deduce that IE Lip,,(T).
V. Lacunary Series and Quasi-analytic Classes
III
2. Let UII} be a sequence of integers and assume that for some 0< (X < I the following statement is true: if /(t) = 2: a" e;;."t satisfies a Lip" condition at one point, then jE Lip,,(T). Show that {A,,} is lacunary. Hint: If Un} is not lacunary it contains a subsequence {Jik} such that lim Jilt-II 1l2k = 1 and lim Ji2k+ II Ji2k = <x>. For an appropriate sequence Uk' /(/) = I:a,,(COSIl 2kt - cos Ji2k-lt) satisfies a Lip" condition at I = 0 but / ¢: Lip,,(T). 1 3. Let /eL (T), / '" 2: a"cosA"t with {A,,} lacunary. Assume /(t) = 0 for I t I ~ 11, 11 being a positive number. Show that / is infinitely differentiable. 4. Show directly, without the use of Riesz products, that if An+ 1 > 4A." and /(1) = L~ anCOSA"/, is real-valued, then sup IJ(/) I >
(2: I ani·
Hint: Consider the sets {t; an cos Ant> I an 1/2} . 5. If dn ~ 0 as n ~ <X> we can write d n = on"''' where {on} is bounded 1 and = ~(n) for some IJI EL (T). (See theorem 1.4.1 and exercise 1.4.1.) Deduce that if A is a lacunary sequence and d;. ~ 0 as I AI ~ <x> , there exists a function gEL l(T} such that
"'n
for AEA.
I
6. If 2: dn 12 < <X> there exist sequences {o,,} and {"'n} such that 2 d n = 0""',,, 2:,1 < <x> , and = v;(n) for some", EL1(T). Remembering that the convolution of a summable function with a bounded function is continuous, prove theorem 1.6. 7. Assume Aj+l/)'j ~ q > J. Show that there exists a number M = Mq such that every integer n has at most one representation of the form n = 2: l1/mj + jM where '1j = -1,0,1, and 1 ~ mj ~ M. Use this to show that the product TIi=l (1 + 2:~=1 dm+jMCOS(Am+jMt + 'l'm+jM» has (formally) the Fourier coefficient t dk e i , . at the point Ak' Show that if 0 < d" ~ II Mq for all k, then the product above is the Fourier Stieltjes series of a positive measure which interpolates {t dk ei'k} on{ Ak } • 8. Assume Aj+t!A.j ~ q> 1 and d j l 2 < <x>. Find a product analogous to that of exercise 7), which is the Fourier series of a bounded function, and which interpolates {dj } on pj}. *9. Show that the following condition is sufficieI1t to imply that the sequence A is a Sidon set: to every sequence {d.} such that d. = I there exists a measure Ji E M(T) such that
onl
"'n
LI
I I
AeA.
112
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
*10. Show that a finite union of lacunary sequences is a Sidon set. *2. QUASI-ANALYTIC CLASSES
2.1
We consider classes of infinitely differentiable functions on T. Let {Mn} be a sequence of positive numbers; we denote by C*{Mn} the class of all infinitely differentiable functions j on T such that for an appropriate R > 0 (2.1)
n = 1,2, ....
We shall denote by C# {M.} the class of infinitely differentiable functions on T satisfying: (2.2)
n
=
1,2, .. ,
for some R (depending on f). The inclusion C*{Mn} £; C#{Mn} is obvious; on the other hand, since the mean value of derivatives on T is zero, we obtain SUPt eT/J(n)(t) 1 ;;;; IIf(n+l>IIL2 and consequently C# {Mn} £; C*{M"+I'} Thus the two classes are fairly close to each other. Examples: If Mn = 1 for all n, then C#{Mn} is precisely the class of all trigonometric polynomials on T. If Mn = n 1, C# {Mn} is precisely the class of all functions analytic on T. (See exercise 1.4.3.) We recall that a sequence {cn } , Cn > 0, is log convex if the sequence {log cn } is a convex function of n. This amounts to saying that, given k < I < m in the range of n, we have (2.3)
log c1
;;;;
m-I --k log Ck
m-
I-k
+ -m--k
log Cm
or equivalently (2.4) 2.2 The identity IIf(n>IIL2 =(2: 11(j)12/n)t allows an expression of condition (2.2) directly in terms of the Fourier coefficients of f. Also it implies
Lemma: Let f be N times differentiable on T. Then the sequence {IIf(n) IIu} is monotone increasing and log cOl/vex for 1 ;;;; n;;;; N.
IIfn)IILl (L
The fact that = IJ(j)12/n)~ is monotone increasing is obvious. In order to prove (2.4) we write p = (m -k)/(m -I), q = (m-k)j(l-k); then lip + lIq = 1 and by Holder's inequality PROOF:
V. Lacunary Series and Quasi-analytic Classes
L 1a j 12j21 = L (I a
j
12/p/
k P /
)(1 a jI2, q/m, q) ~
113
IIf(k)IIi'! IIf m)W q
which is exactly (2.4). rt follows from lemma 2.2 (cf. exercise 2 at the end of this section) that for every sequence {M~} there exists a sequence {Mil} which is monotone increasing and log convex such that C#{Mn} = C#{M~}. Thus, when studying classes C# {M.} we may assume without loss of generality that {Mn} is monotone increasing and log convex; throughout the rest of this section we always assume that, for k < I < m, (2.5)
2.3 For a (monotone increasing and log convex) sequence {Mn} we define the associated function T(r) by (2.6)
T(r) = inf Mnr-n n~O
We considersequencesM. which increase fasterthatRnfor all R>O; hence the infimum in (2.6) is attained and we can write T(r) = minn~oMnr-n. If we write 111 = M~ I, and 11. = M._ tlMn for /l > 1; then 11ft is a monotone-decreasing sequence since by (2.5), 11.+dl1n = M;/Mn_IMn+ 1 < 1; we have M"r -n = (11 jr) - 1 and consequently
n;
(2.6')
T(r) =
11
(l1jr)-l.
Ili'> 1
The function T(r) was implicitly introduced in 1.4; thus it follows from f.4.4 that if fE C# {Mn} then, for the appropriate R > 0
11u)1 ~ ,(jR-I), and exercise 1.4.6 is essentially an estimate for oCr) in the case Mn = /lIZ•• 2.4 An analytic function on T is completely determined by its Taylor expansion around any point to E T, that is, by the sequence {J(n)(to)}:'=o' In particular if j<')(t o) = 0, n = 0,1,2, ... , it follows that f = 0 identically. A class of infinitely differentiable functions on T is quasi-analytic if the only function in the class, which vanishes with all its derivatives at some 10 E T, is the function which vanishes identically. DEFINITION:
The main result of this section is the so-called Denjoy-Carleman
114
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
theorem which gives a necessary and sufficient conditions for the quasi-analyticity of classes C# {Mn } .
Theorem: Let {Mn} be monotone increasing and log cOl/vex. Let r(r) be the associated function (2.6). The following three conditions are equivalent: (i)
C# {M,,} is quasi-analytic
(ii)
J
roo logr(r) dr
= _ 00
1 + r2
I
(iii) The proof will consist in establishing the three implications (ii) => (i) (theorem 2.6 below), (i) => (iii) (theorem 2.8), and (iii) => (ii) (lemma 2.9). We begin with: 2.5 Lemma: Let cp{z) =f 0 be holomorphic alld bounded in the half plane Re(z) > 0 and continuous on Re(z) ~ O. Then
d Jo(" log 1cp(± iy) I f::;..yy2 > The function F(O =
PROOf:
cp(~ ~
-
00.
DiS holomorphicand bounded
,=
in the unit disc D (and is continuous on l> except possibly at I). By IIl.3.14 we have F(ej~1 dt > - 00. The change of variables that we have introduced gives for the boundaries i' = (iy - l)/(iy + 1) or t = 2 arc cot y.
J;log I
Consequently dt =
Io
">
-2 t + y2 dy and
log 1tp(iy) 1
similarly jo"'log!lf( -iy)1
d' _·J·z
I+y
=
-t_ dY_ 2 > +y
IX
.
1 log 1F(e") 1dt > - 00; 20
-
00
and the lemma is proved.
...
Theorem: A sufficient condition for the qllasi-al/alyticity or en logr(r) . the class c# {'I'fn } i~ that -1--- ' dr = - 00 where r{r) IS defined , + r2
2.6
uy
(2.6).
f
v. PROOF:
Lacunary Series and Quasi-analytic Classes
Let fE
ell' {M.}
and assume that fn)(O) =
°
lIS
n = 0,1, ....
Define p(z)
1
fh
= 2n Jo
Integrating by parts we obtain, z p(z) =
-.!.
27t
e-z'l"(t) dt.
*0
[-=-!z e-z'l'(t)] 2" + 2nz 1_ 0
°
fo2l< e-Z'!'(t)dt
Jc
*
and since 1(0) = 1(27t} = the first term vanishes for all z 0 (we have used the same integration by parts in 1.4; there we did not assume 1(0) = but considered only the case z = irn, that is, e-ztl is 2x-periodic). Repeating the integration by parts n times (using/(j)(O) = fj)(27t)
°
=
°
for j ~ n), we obtain
1 2
p(z) =
1 2nz.
0 "
e-zy
For Re(z)~O, le-x'i ~ Ion (0,2n) and consequently for n = 0, I, ... hence /p(z)1 ~ -c(lzl) or logl cp(z) 1 < 10gl-c(lzl)·
It follows that
Y 2 jnog 1cp(iy) 1-1_3+y
= -
00
and
by
lemma
p(z)=O. Since q;(in)=j(lI) it follows that/=O.
2.5 <4
Then f(t) = L~w CP(k)ikl
_sin!!J_k J1. k· j is carried by [-1,1] (mod2n), it is in-
finitely diJferentiable and
11/(0)11 L2 ~ 2
2.7
Lemma:
Assume J1.j> 0, I~ J1.j ~ 1. Write CP(k) =
a)
rI 0
n~J1.j-t.
PROOF: All the factors in the product defining P(k) are bounded by 1 so that the product either converges or diverges to zero (actually it converges for all k) and rp(k) is well defined. q{k) clearly tends to zero faster than any power of k so that the series defining converges
r
116
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
uniformly and f is infinitely differentiable. We have p(O)
= 1 so
that
f¢O. The sequence {Sin,JLkjk}<Xl is the sequence of Fourier coefJL) k=-<Xl l
1t 1 < J1.j ; elsewhere
ficients of the function f .(t) = {nJLl ) 0
if we write
N --k-,we sinJLjk h r() ~ (k ikl =fo*fl*···*f (k PN)= aveJNt=i..JPN)e N o ~ -00 and the support of fN is equal to [ - L~ JL j, L~JL j] (mod 2n). Since
n
fN converges uniformly to f, the support of f
is contained
in
[ - L;JLj, L; JLj] (mod 2n). Finally, since 11/(n> IIZ2 = L 1P(k) 12 k2n n l 1 P(k) I ~ n~ (JLjkfl = (n~ JLj)-lk- - , we obtain IIf(n>/IL2
and
~ (n~ JLj) -1(Lk"'O k -2)t and the proof is complete.
2.8
<4
Theorem: A necessary condition for the quasi-analyticity of
of the class C# {M,,} is that L MM"
= 00.
,,+1 PROOF:
Assume that
L M-'!~ <
Without loss of generality we
00.
n+1
may assume
L MM~ < !
(replacing Mn by M: = MnR n does
not
n+t
change the class C# {M,,}
while
L :~ =
R- 1
"+1
nnoJLj
l M j _ l J=. Thcn . > 2 JLO=JL.=4, JLj=-M;'
-I
L AlMn
). Write
n+.
M" = 16)Jli 1
an d t h e
function f defined by lemma 2.7 has a zero of infinite order (actually vanishes outside of[ -1,1]), is not identically zero, andlE C# {Mn } . <4
2.9
Lemma: Under the assumption of theorem 2.4 we have
PROOF:
'" . JLn = M,,_I ' A s be lore we wnte -x,r-' W e d efi ne t h e countmg n
function vll(r) of {JL,,} by:
vll(r)
= the
number of elements JLj such that JLjr ~ e,
and recall that -r(r) = fIIlJ'> 1 (JLjr)-I; hence - logr(r) =
L JIlT> 1
10g(J1.f)~
.L pjr~e
log (JLjr) ~ ..#(r).
V. Lacunary Series and Quasi-analytic Classes Thus for k = 2,3, ... (2.7)
I
eHI
ek
k
:-.I
i
e '"
dr >
~. Jt(l); ek
2 e2
ek
117
on the other hand,
L
(2.8) e 1 - Ic
JLj
~ (J!(l) -
J!(e k - l »e2 -
k
~ e J~~'1 2
and the theorem follows by summing (2.7) and (2.8) with respect to k, k = 2,3, ....
Remark: Theorems 2.6, 2.8, and lemma 2.9 together prove theorem 2.4. We see in particular that if C# {Mn} is not quasi-analytic, it contains functions (which are not identically zero) having arbitrarily small supports. For further reading, generalizations, and related topics we mention
[17]. EXERCISES FOR SECTION 2
c;
I. Show that {C'n} is log convex if, and only if, ;? Cn-l Cn + 1 for all n. 2. (a) Let {c:},;';.J be a log-convex sequence for all IX belonging to some index set I. Assume that Mn -= sUPa cl c~ < ex) for all n. Prove that {Mn} is log convex. (b) Let {M;} be a sequence of positive numbers. Let {c:} be the family of all log-convex sequences satisfying c: ~ M~ for all n. Put Mn =sup~c:. Then C#{Mn} =C#{M~}. 3. Let M j -;;; j! for infinitely many values of j. Show that C*{ Mn} and C#{Mn} are quasi-analytic. Hint: Assuming IE C*{Mn} and j(k'(O) ~ 0 for all k, use Taylor's expansion with remainder to show
1==0.
{II
I
4. We say that alul/ction rp E Coo(T) is quasi-analytic zf C# 'P(") L2} is quasi-analytic. Let IE Coo(T); show that if the sequence Pj} increases fast enough and if we set / 1(1)
=
2:
~
j
A2j
/(k)/kr,
then both II and 12 ~ I-II are quasi-analytic. Thus, every infinitely differentiable function is the sum of two quasi-analytic functions.
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
118
5. Show that C# {n! (log n)"n} is quasi-analytic if 0 ;£; IX ;£; 1. and is nonquasi-analytic if IX> 1. 6. Let r(r) be the function associated with a sequence {Mn}. (a) Show that (r(r» -1 is log-convex function of r. (b) Show that Mil = max, r" r(r).
7. Let {wlI } be a log-convex sequence, n=O,I, .... Wn ~ I, and let A {wn }
I I
be the space of all IE C(T) such that f {ron} that with the norm
I 1I{"n}'
=
L li(n) IWlnl < co. Show
A{Wn } is a Banach space. Show that a
necessary and sufficient condition for A {wlI } to contain functions with arbitrarily small support
. "co -log2 - < co. Wn
IS L.,,1
n
8. Let {w n} be log convex, wn ;::::: 1 and assume that con --. than any power of n. The sequences
CO
faster
{~~}OO
tend to zero as wlnl 11=-00 n co. Show that the subspace that Uk' k = 0, 1, '" generate in Co (the space of sequences tending to zero at 0') is uniformly dense Uk =
1 1--'
in Co if, and only if,
t
1.
If {an}
E
t
1
L
10g;an
n
is orthogonal to
Uk'
~ k
oc>. =
Hint: The dual space of Co is
0, ... , the function f(t) =
L an e int, COn
which clearly belongs to A{ con}. has a 7ero of infinite order. 9. Let I be as in exercise 1.3. Show that f
=
°
identically.
Chapter VI
Fourier Transforms on the Line
In the preceding chapters we studied objects (functions, measures, and so on) defined on T. Our aim in this chapter is to extend the study to objects defined on the real line R. Much of the theory, especially the V theory, extends almost verbatim and with only trivial modifications of the proofs; such results, analogous in statement and in proof to theorems that we have proved for T, often are stated without a proof. The difference between the circle and the line becomes more obvious when we try to see what happens for I! with p > 1. The (Lebesgue) measure of R being infinite entails that, unlike VeT) which contains most of the Unatural" function spaces on T, Ll(R) is relatively small; in particular H(R) $V(R) for p> 1. The definition of Fourier transforms in VCR) has now a much more special character and a new definition (i.e., an extension of the definition) is needed for LJ(R) , p > 1 . The situation turns out to be quite different for p ~ 2 and for p > 2. If P ~ 2, Fourier transforms of functions in H(R) can be defined by continuity as functions in U(R), q = pl(p - I); however, jf p > 2, the only reasonable way to define the Fourier transform on H(R) is through duality and Fourier transforms are now defined as distributions. The plan of this chapter is as follows: in section 1 we define the Fourier transform in Ll(R) and discuss its elementary properties. We also mention the connection between Fourier transforms and Fourier coefficients and prove Poisson's formula. In section 2 we define Fourier-Stieltjes transforms and obtain various characterizations of Fourier-Stieltjes transforms of arbitrary and positive measures. In section 3 we prove PlanchereI's 119
120
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
theorem and the Hausdorff-Young inequality, thus defining Fourier transforms in H(R) , 1 < p ~ 2. In section 4 we use Parseval's formula, that is, duality, to define the Fourier transforms of tempered distributions and study some of the properties of Fourier transforms of functions in 1!'(R) , p ~ co. Sections 5 and 6 deal with spectral analysis and synthesis in L%(R). In section 5 we consider the problems relative to the norm topology and show that the class of functions for which we have satisfactory theory is precisely that of Bohr's almost periodic functions. In section 6 we study the analogous problems for the weak-star topology. Sections 7 and 8 are devoted to relations between Fourier transforms and analytic functions. Finally, section 9 contains Kronecker's theorem (which we have already used in chapter II) and some variations on the same theme. 1. F9URIER TRANSFORMS FOR L 1(R)
1.1 We denote by OCR) the space of Lebesgue integrable functions on the real line. For fE L1(R) we write
/If/lU(R) = r:lf(X)ldX, and when there is no risk of confusion, we write
/If/lL'
or simply
II f /I instead of /I f /I L'(R) •
The Fourier transform J off is defined by
(Ll)
for all real ~. t
This definition is analogous to L(t .5), and the disappearance of the factor 1/2n is due to none other than our (arbitrary) choice to remove it. It was a natural normalizing factor for the Lebesgue measure on T; but, at this point, it seems arbitrary for R. The factor 1/2n will reappear in the inversion formula and some authors, seeking more symmetry for the inversion formula, write 11.j2n in front of the integral (1.1) so that the same factor appear in the Fourier transform and its inverse. The added symmetry, however, may increase the possibility of confusion between the domains of definition of a function and its transform. In VeT) the functions are defined on T whereas
t Throughout this chapter, integrals with unspecified limits of integration are always to be taken over the entire real line.
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
121
the Fourier transforms are defined on the integers; in D(R) the functions are defined on R and the domain of definition of the Fourier transforms is again the real line. It may be helpful to consider two copies of the real line: one is R and the other, which will serve as the domain of definition of Fourier transforms of functions in D(R) , we denote by R. This notation is in accordance with that of chapter VII. Most of the elementary properties of Fourier coefficients are valid for Fourier transforms.
Theorem:
Let J,gED(R). Then
(t+'g)(~)
(a) (b)
=
J(~) + g(~)
For any complex number IX /'.
(IXf)(e) = rxl(e) (c)
If j i5 the complex conjugate off, then
Iw = 1(-~) (d)
Denote J,(x)
(e)
(f)
=
f(x - y), y E R. Theil Jy{~)
= l(~) e -i{y
11ml ~f
If(x)ldx =
Ilfll
For reai-!1alued A, A>O, deflote
=
Jf(AX);
then
PROOF: The theorem follows immediately from (Ll). Parts (a) through (e) are analogous to the corresponding parts of r. 1.4. Part (f) is obtained by a change of variable y = AX:
=I f(Ax)e-i(~IA»).xdAX =I f(y)e-i({1i.1Tdy =1(1).
Theorem:
-co<~
PROOf:
Let fE V(R). Then
1 is
uniformly continuous in
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
122 hence
The integral on the right of (1.2) is independent of ~, the integrand is bounded by 21/(x) and tends to zero everywhere as o.
,,-+
I
1.3 The following are immediate adaptations of the corresponding theorems in chapter I. Theorem: Let J,gEL1(R). For almost all x, f(x - y)g(y) is integrable (as a function 01 y) and, il we write hex) = f l(x - y) g(y) dy , then hE VCR) and
II h II ~
11I1111 gil;
moreover,
for all As in chapter I we denote h
= 1* g,
~.
call h the convolution of I and
g, and notice that the convolution operation is commutative, asso-
ciative, and distributive. 1.4
Let l, hE VCR) and
Theorem:
hex) with integrable
H(~).
PROOF The function Fubini's theorem,
I H(~) i~x d~
Then
(h *I)(x) =
(1.3)
I
= 2n:
2~
I HmJWeiX~ d~
H(~)l(y)
is integrable in
1 (h*/)(x) = f h(x-y)f(y)dy =2n: =
~
2n:
. (~,
y), hence, by
II H(~)i~Xe-i~YI(y)d~dy
f H(~)ei~X f e-i~YI(y)dyd~
=
~ fHmJ(~)elt;Xd~. 2n:
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line 1.5
Theorem:
123
Let fEVeR) and define F(x) = J:oof(y)d y .
Then,
if F E VCR)
we have
1m =
(1.4)
all real ¢ ~ O.
:¢J(¢)
An equivalent statement of the theorem is: if F, F' E IJ (R), then
Fm = i¢/(¢) . 1.6 Theorem: Let fE VCR) and xf(x) ferentiable and
E
VCR). Then J is dif-
d ----------deJW = (-ixf)(l;,).
(1.5) PROOF:
(1.6)
J(l;,
+ h~ -/(l;) =
J
f(x)e-i{X
e-
I
ihX h-1)dX.
I
The integrand in (1.6) is bounded by xf(x) (which is in V(R) by assumption) and tends to - ix/ex) e -i~x pointwise, hence (Lebesgue) it converges to -ixf(x)e-i{x in the VCR) norm. This implies that as
-+
h 0 the right-hand side of (1.6) converges to (-iif)(l;) and the theorem follows.
Theorem (Riemann-Lebesgue lemma):
lim
l(l;)
For fE VCR)
= o.
(~( .... oo
PROOF: If g is continuously differentiable and with compact support we have, by 1.5 and 1.1, Il;,g(e) ~ g' IIL'(R); hence lim({( .... "" gW O. For arbitrary IE V(R), let I: > 0 and g be a continuously differentiable, V(R) < 1:. We have compactly supported function such that IJ(l;)-g(e)1
I I
ooIJ(l;,)I
lim({( ....
""Jm=O.
I¢I-+
I
1=
II! - gil I I
1.8 We denote by A(R) the space of all functions rp on R, which are the Fourier transforms of functions in V(R). By the results above, A(R.) is an algebra of continuous functions vanishing at infinity, that is, a subalgebra of Co(R) , the algebra of all continuous functions on :it which vanish at infinity. We introduce a norm to A(R) by transferring to it the norm of U(R), that is, we write
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
124
IIlIIA(R)
Ilfllt.I(R)' It follows from 1.3 that the norm I IL~(R) is multiplicative, that is, satisfies the inequality: Ii ~I f{J2IL~(R) ~ I f{JI IIA(It) I f{J211 A(R)' The norm I IIA(R) is not equivalent to tAhe supremum norm; consequently, A(R) =
is a proper subalgebra of Co(R).
1.9 A summability kernel on the real line is a family of continuous functions {k).} on R, with either discrete or continuous parameter t A. satisfying the following:
f
k;.(x) dx
=
1
I klIlLI(R) = 0(1)
(1.7)
lim ). .... 00
as A. .....
Ikl(x) Idx =
f
),.<,>6
OC!
0, for all b > O.
A common way to produce summability kernels on R is to take a function fE VCR) such that f(x)dx = 1 and to write k;.(x) = if(AX) for A> O. Condition (1.7) is satisfied since, introducing the change of variable y = AX, we obtain
f
f
f
k;.(x)dx =
Ilk).11
=
Ik).(x)ldx
=
fI
f(y)dy
=
I
k;.Cx) dx =
f
1 If(y)ldy =
Ilfll
and
f
)''<'>0
r
J,Y,>)'J
If(y) Idy ..... 0
as A .....
OC! •
The Fejer kernel on R is defined by
K;.(x) = AK(lx),
A>O,
where (1.8)
K(x) =
J.. (~!n X/~)2 2n
x/2
=
-.!..
fl
21t_l
(1
_I eI)
ei{x
de.
The second equality in (1.8) is obtained directly by integration. By the previous remark it is clear that the only thing that we have to check, in
t The indexing parameter). is often continuous, that is, real valued; however, it should not be considered as an element of R so that no confusion with the notation of 1.1.d should arise.
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
125
order to establish that {Kl} is a summability kernel, is that This can be done directly, for example, by contour integration, or using the information that we have about the Fejer kernel of the circle, that is, that for all 0 < ~ < 7T
f K(x) dx = 1.
(1.9)
lim
-.!...
n-+oo
2n
Since f K(x)dx
K;.(x)
+
-0
1)
(~ + I)XI2)2 dx =
_1_ (Sin
n
+1
= f K;.(x)dx,
1 21T(n
JO
1.
smxl2
we may take I.
(Sin (n + 1)XI2)2 --- ---- ---
xl2
'
= /I + 1,
in which case
. that If . (j> 0 IS . small and notice
enough, the ratio of 2nK;.(x) to the' integrand in (1.9) is arbitrarily (j. More precisely, we obtain (.l. = n + L): close to one in x
I 1<
-.! __ (~~(n.+ l)X/2)2 dx ( ~in15 ~)22n~ JO_6n+1 SInxl2
<
JO KAx)dx -6
I"
< -.!... _1_ (Sin (n. + I)X/~)2 dx. 2n _" n + 1 smxl2 Letting n-+oo we see that fK(x)dx=lim'hXlf~6Kix)dx is a number between sin 215115 2 and I; since (j > 0 is arbitrary f K(x) dx = 1 .
1.10 Theorem: on R, then
Let fE Ll(R) and let {k.. } be a slImmability kernel
lim A-+ ':0
PROOF:
IIf- k.. *fllL'\R) = O.
Repeat the proof of theorem 1.2.3 and lemma 1.2.4.
...
1.11 Specifying theorem 1.10 to the Fejer kernel and using theorem lA, we obtain
Theorem:
Let fEV(R), then
(1.10) in the V(R) norm.
Corollary (the uniqueness theorem): all ~ER; then f= O.
1m = 0 for
Let fE Ll(R) and assume
126
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
1.12 If it happens that 1 is Lebesgue integrable, the integral on the right-hand side of (1.10) converges, uniformly in x, to 1/2rrflee) ei~x de. We see that f is equivalent to a uniformly continuous function and obtain the so-called "inversion formula": (1.11) An immediate consequence of (1.11) is
K:w = max ( 1 - I; I, 0)
(1.12)
and, by theorem 1.3,
(Ll 3)
Combining this with theorem 1. t 0, we obtain
Theorem: The functiolls with compactly carried Fourier transforms form a dense subspace of D(R). This theorem is analogous to the statement that trigonometric polynomials form a dense subspace of V(T). 1.13 Besides the Fejer kernel we mention the following: De la Vallee Poussin's kernel (1.14)
whose Fourier transform is given by I, ( LlS)
V;.(fJ
2-
=
{ 0,
~J,
lei ~A ). ~ Iel ~ 21 21 ~ IeI·
Poisson's kernel
Pix) = AP(AX) , where (1.16)
127
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line and (1.17) And finally Gauss' kernel
G;.(X)
=
lG(AX) ,
where (1.18) and (1.19) To the inversion formula (1.11) and the summability in norm (theorems 1.10 and 1.11), one should add results about pointwise summability. Both the statements and the proofs of section 1.3 can be adapted to V(R) almost verbatim and we avoid the repetition. 1.14 As in chapter I, we can replace the VCR) norm, in the statement of theorems 1.10 and 1.11, by the norm of any homogeneous Banach space Be VCR). As in chapter I, a homogeneous Banach space is a space of functions which is invariant under translation and such that for every IE B, /y (defined by fix) = f(x depends continuously on y. The assumption Be LI(R) is more restrictive than was the assumption B c VeT) in chapter I; it excludes such natural spaces as l!'(R), p> I. We can obtain a reasonably general theory by considering homogeneous Banach space of locally summable functions, that is, functions which are Lebesgue integrable on every finite interval. We denote by .rt> the space of all measurable functions f on R such that
y»
Ilfll£" = sup >'
>'+ 1
i
I
Ii(x) dx <
00
Y
and by .!l'c the subspace of !I! consisting of all the functions satisfy as y~O.
f
which
Theorem: If B is a homogeneous Banach space of locally summable functions on R and if convergence in B implies convergence ill measure, then the ,:t> /lorm i~ majorized by the B norm and, in particular, Bc.!l'c·
128
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
I
If the 2' norm is not majorized by liB, we can choose n < rn and 3 • Replacing a sequence f" E B such that fn by Yn) (if necessary) we may assume dx > 3". Since In liB --+ 0, f" converges to zero in measure and it follows that if 11 j --+ co fast enough which belongs to B, is not integrable on (0,1).
I
11f"IIB
f,,(x -
11f,,11:e>
nIf,,(x) I
L f"j'
We can now extend theorem 1.10 to homogeneous Banach spaces of locally summable functions (see exercises 11-14 at the end of this section); theorem 1.11 can be generalized only after we extend the definition of the Fourier transfonnation. 1.15 We finish this section with a remark concerning the relation between Fourier coefficients and Fourier transforms. Let f E lJ(R) and define qJ by
qJ(t)
= 2n
i
f(t
+ 2nj).
j=-oo
t is here a real number, but it is clear that qJ(t) depends only on t mod 2n so that we can consider qJ as defined on T. qJ is clearly summable on T and we have
If n is a rational integer, we have
'" qJ(n)
=
1 2n
f2" -int Jo qJ(t)e dt = =
Jor
~,
h
j~OO
f
f(t
+ 2nj)e- i"t dt
I(x) e -inx dx
= j(n),
q;
so that is simply the restriction to the integers of j. Similarly, if we write f;.(x) = Af(.tx) and: (1.20)
qJit)
= 2n j~OO
/;.
+ 2nj),
we obtain, using 1.1, (1.21)
~(n) =
j(;).
The preceding remarks, as simple as they sound, link the theory of Fourier integrals to that of Fourier series, and we can obtain a
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
129
great many facts about Fourier integrals from the corresponding facts about Fourier series. (For examples, see exercises 5 and 6 at the end of this section.) An application to the above procedure is the very important formula of Poisson: (1.22)
In order to establish Poisson's formula, to under~tand its meaning and its domain of validity, all that we need to do is simply rewrite it as 0()
(1.23)
rp;.(O)
=
2
fj;,(n).
11= -00
If rpiO), as defined by (1.20), is well defined and if the Fourier series of rp;. converges to rp;.(O) for t = 0, then (1.23) and (1.22) are valid. One enhances the generality of (1.22) considerably by interpreting the sum on the right as lim
i (1 - I~I)J( ~),
N .... oo -N
that is, using C-l summability instead of summation. Using Fejer's theorem, for instance, one obtains that, with this interpretation, (1.22) is valid if t = 0 is a point of continuity of rp;.. We remark that the continuity off and is not sufficient to imply (1.22) even if both sides of (1.22) converge absolutely (see exercise 15).
J
EXERCISES FOR SECTION I 1. Perform the integration in (1.8). 2 1 2. Prove that 2n ) dx = I by contour integration.
J(~i:;;2
3. Prove (1.17). Hint: Use contour integration. 4. Prove (1.19). Hint: Use 1.5 and 1.6 to show that G(~") satisfies the equation d/dl;GW = -(';/2)G(.;). 5. Let jEL 1 (R) and let 'P;.(t) be defined as in (1.20). Show that Ii m).-+ to II 'P).IIL'(T) = II j IIL1(R); hence deduce the uniqueness theorem from (1.21). 6. Prove theorem 1.7 using (1.21), the uniform continuity of Fourier transforms and the Riemann-Lebesgue lemma for Fourier coefficients.
130
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
7. Show that A(R) contains every twice continuously differentiable function with compact support on R. Deduce that A(R) is uniformly dense in Co(R); however, show that A(R) ¥: Co(R). 8. Let Ie L l(R) be continuous at x = 0 and assume that j(l;) ~ o. eER. Show thatjELl(lt) and/(0)=I/211:fjmde. Hint: Use the analog to Fejer's theorem and the fact that for positive functions C-l summabiIity is equivalent to convergence. 9. Show that CorlL I(R). with the norm II III = sUPx I/(x) I +11 I IILleR)' is a homogeneous Banach space onR and conclude that if Ie Co rlLI(R) then I(x) = lim;.; 00 I/21C f~;. (1- Ie I/ ..t) jm i~x de uniformly. 10. Let I be bounded and continuous on R and let {k;.} be a summability kernel. Show that k;.. I = k;.(x - y)/(y) dy converges to I uniformly on compact sets on R. II. Let Ie .!l'c and let 'P be continuous with compact support; write
f
rp·1
=
J
Interpreting the integral above as an .!l'c-valued integral. show that 'P • le.!l'c and II 'P • I 11.2' ~ II 'P Ib(R) III 11.2" Use this to define g. I for geLl(R) and Ie !l'c. 12. Show that if IE.Pc then III e.Pc (notice. however. that exp (ix log I x D¢ .!l'c) and. using exercise II. prove that if IE .!l'c and geLl(R) then for almost all xeR, g(y)/(X-Y)EL 1 (R) and g*l. as defined in exercise II, is equal to g(y)/(x - y) dy. 13. Let le.!l' and let gELl(R). Prove that for almost all xeR g(y)/(x - y)eLl(R) and that h(x) = g(y)/(x - y)dy satisfies
f
f
I h I~ ~ II g IILI(R)II I
I~ . 14. Let {k;.} be a summability kernel in Ll(R) and let B <;;.Pc be a homogeneous Banach space. Show that for every IE B, II k;. *1-/118--+ 0, and conclude that if leBrlLl(R),J=lim;. ... oof~;.(1-I.;I/A)j\e)ei~X de; in the B norm.
15. Con.,truct a continuous function IELl(R) such that jeLI(R). 1(211:n) = 0 for all integers n, j(O) = 1 and j(n) ~- 0 for all integers II ¥: O. Hints: (a) We denote :I I i!A(R) = 1/21C f'~oo I j WI de. Let g be continuous \\ilh support in [0.2n] and such that geLleR). Write gN(X)
=
-
I
--
L~
N+lj~_N
UI)
.
( 1 - ------ g(x - 211J). NTl
131
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
Show that gNW = (N + 1)-1 KN(e)gW where KN is the 211-periodic Fejer kernel, and deduce that II gN IIA(R) -t 0 as N -t co. (b) Let gU) be nonnegative continuous functions such that /'.
'"
L gU)(x) 00
gU> EL l(R) and such that
{]
0
< x < 211
=
.
0
J
Nj-t co fast enough II g'vJIIA(R);£ 2- i , and f = sired properties.
Then
if
otherwise
Lj=tgV]
has the de-
2. FOURIER-STIELTJES TRANSFORMS
2.1 We denote by M(R) the space of all finite Borel measures on R. M(R) is identified with the dual space of Co(R)-the (supremumnormed) space of all continuous functions on R which vanish at infinity-by means of the coupling (2.1)
(f,p.) =
f
fECo(R), p.EM(R).
fdp.
f
The total mass norm on M(R) is defined by II p.IIM(R) = I dp.1 and is identical to the "dual space" norm defined by means of (2.1). The mapping f -t f(x)dx identifies V(R) with a closed subspace of M(R). The convolution of a measure p. E M(R) and a function tp E Co(R) is defined by the integral (2.2)
(p.$tp)(x) =
f
tp(x-y)dll(Y)'
and it is clear that 11$ tp E Co(R) and that II p. $ tp IloD 2! II JlIIM(R) II tp II 00 • The convolution of two measures, 11, v E M(R), can be defined by means of duality and (2.2), analogously to what we have done in 1.7, or directly by defining
Vt *V)(E) =
f
Il(E - y)dv(y)
for every Borel set E. Whichever way we do it, we obtain easily that II p. $V IIM(R)
2! II P.IIM(R) II v IIM(R)'
2.2 The Fourier-Stieltjes transform of a measure 11 E M(R) is defined by: (2.3)
132
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
It is clear that if J1 is absolutely continuous with respect to Lebesgue measure, say dJ1 = f(x) dx, then = lw. Many of the properties of Ll Fourier transforms are shared by Fourier-Stieltjes transforms: if J1, v E M(R) then !fi(~)! ~ II J111 M(R), Ais uniformly continuous, and A~) = fi(~) \I(~). A departure from the theory of V Fourier transforms is the failing of the Riemann-Lebesgue lemma (the same way it fails for M(T»; the Fourier-Stieltjes transform of a measure J1 need not vanish at infinity.
pm
Theorem: (Parseval's formula):t Let It E M(R) and let f be a continuous function in VCR) such that IE LI(R). Then
J
f(x)dJ1(x) =
(2.4) PROOF:
2~J 1(~)fi(-~)d~.
By (1.11)
hence
The assumption 1(~) E V(R) justifies the change of order of integration (by Fubini's theorem); however, it is not really needed. Formula (2.4) is valid under the weaker assumption 1(~)P( -~) E V(lt), and is valid for all bounded continuous fE V(R) if we replace the
fA_;. (t -' ,~ I) lmp( -~) d~ (cf.
integral on the right by lim 21 • ;._", TC ClSe t.to).
I\.
exer-
'
2.3 The problem of characterizing Fouricr-Stidtjes transforms among bounded and uniformly continuous functions on R is very hard. As far as local behavior is concerned this is equivalent to characterizing A(R): every E A(R) is a Fourier-Stieltjes transform, and on the other hand, if J1 C M(R) and V;. is de la Vallee Poussin's kernel (1.14), then
1
!I
11* V;. E V(R) and = fiW for ~ ~ A.. The following theorem is analogous to 1.7.3:
p.V;.W
Theorem:
Let 'P be continuous <1>;.(x) =
011
R, define <1>;. by:
~ f;'_;. (1 _Ill)rp(~)i~xd~. A-
2n
t Notice that (2.4) is equivalent to
f f(x) d;(x) = 1/2:,; fiwid.;)d;.
133
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
Then cp is a Fourier-Stieltjes transform if, and only if, <1>;. E VCR) for all A. > 0, and II <1>;.IILI(R) is bounded as A -+ ~. PROOF: If cp = fJ. with f1. E M(R), then <1>;. = J1* K.I.> K;. denoting Fejer's kernel. It follows that for all A > 0, <1>;. E Ll(R) and
II <1>;.IILI ~ II J1 IIM(R). If we assume that <1>;. E VCR) with uniformly bounded norms, we consider the measures <1>;. dx and denote by J1 a weak-star limit point of <1>;. dx as A -+~. We claim that cp = {l and since both functions are continuous, this will follow if we show that
(2.5)
for every twice continuously differentiable g with compact support. For such g we have g = G with G E /} () Co(R); by Parseval's formula
=
lim 2n: A-+ 00
f
G(x)<1>;.(x) dx = 2n:
f
G(x) dJ1(x)
and the proof is complete. Remark: The application of Parse val's formula above is typical and is the, more or less, standard way to check that weak-star limits in M(R) are what we expect them to be. Nothing like that was needed in the case of M(T) since weak-star convergence in M(T) implies pointwise convergence of the Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients (the exponentials belong to C(T) of which M(T) is the dual). The exponentials on R do not belong to Co(R) and it is false that weak-star convergence in M(R) implies pointwise convergence of the Fourier-Stieltjes transforms (cf. exercise 1 at the end of this section.) However, the argument above gives: Lemma: Let IlnEM(R) alld assume that Iln-+J1 in the weak-star topology. Assume also that fin(~) -+ cp(~) pointwise, cp being continuous on R. Then fl = cp.
134
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
2.4 A similar application of Parse val's formula gives the foUowing useful criterion: Theorem: A function cp, defined and continuous on R, is a FourierStieltjes transform if, and only if, there exists a constant C such that
(2.6)
f
I 2In ]mcp(-~)d~ I ~ Csu",p I!(x) I
for every continuous fE Ll(R) such that] has compact support. PROOF: If cp = p, (2.6) follows from (2.4) with C = I Jl.IIM(R). If (2.6) holds, f -+ 1/21tJ]( ~)cp( -~) d~ defines a bounded linear functional on a dense subspace of Co(R), namely on the space of all the functionsfE Co () VCR) such that] has a compact support. This functional has a unique bounded extension to Co(R), whkh, by the Riesz representation theorem, has the form 1-+ I(x) dJl.(x). Moreover, II Jl.IIM(R) ~ C. Using (2.4) again we see that fl- cp is orthogonal to all the continuous, compactly supported functions] with fE VCR), and consequently cp = fl. ...
J
Remark: The family {J} of test functions for which (2.6) should be valid can be taken in many ways. The only properties that have been used are that {J} is dense in Co(R) and {l} is dense in Co(R). Thus we could require the validity of (2.6) only for (a) functions f such that J is infinitely differentiable with compact support; or (b) functions I which are themselves infinitely differentiable with compact support, and so on.
2.5 With measures on R we can associate measures on T simply by integrating 21t-periodic functions. Formally: if E is a Borel set on T (T being identified with ( -n, 1t1) we denote by En the set E + 2nn and write £ = U En; if Jl. E M(R) we define Jl.T(E) = Jl(E).
It is clear that IlT is a measure on T and that, identifying continuous functions on T with 21t-periodic functions on R,
(2.7) The mapping Jl. -+ JiT is an operator of norm one from M(R) onto M(T), and its restriction to VCR) is the mapping that we have discussed in section U5. It follows from (2.7) that fl(n) = flrCn) for all n;
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
135
thus the restriction of a Fouricr-Stieltjes transform to the integers gives a sequence of Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients.
Theorem: Afunction cp, defined and continuous on it, is a FourierStieltjes transform if, and only if, there exists a constant C > 0, such that for all A> 0, {cp(An)}:'= -co are the Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients of a measure of norm ~ Con T. PROOF:
If cp = fi with Jl E M(R) we have cp{n) = fi.(n) = fl-r(n) with Writing dJl(x/A) for the measure satisfying
I JlT I ~ I JlII·
f
f(x) dJl (
we have
~)
I Jl(X/A) IIM(R) = I JlIIM(R)
=
f
f(AX) dJl(x)
and
p(xp.)(~)
= (leO) so that
./'-..
cp(An) = Jl(x/Ah(n) and the "only if" part is established . . In order to establish the converse we use 2.4. Let f be continuous and integrable on R and assume that] is infinitely differentiable and compactly supported. We want to estimate the integral 1/27r f]( ~)P< -~) d~ and, since the integrand is continuous and compactly supported, we can approximate the integral by its Riemann sums. Thus, for arbitrary s > 0, if A is small enough:
Now, (A/2n)](An) are the Fourier coefficients of the function tfrit) = L ~ = -oof«t + 2nm)/).) on T, and since the infinite differentiability of] implies a very fast decrease of f(x) as x 00, we see that if A is sufficiently small
I 1-+
(2.9) Assuming that cp(}.n) = (lill), Jl;. E M(T) and from Parseval's formula
I Jl;.IL'J(T) ~ C, we obtain
I:n2 j(An)rp(-An) I by (2.8) and (2.9)
I 2~ f j(~)cp( -~)d~ I ~ Csup If(X) I + (C + 1) s
136
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
and since e > 0 is arbitrary, (2.6) is satisfied and the theorem follows from theorem 2.4. ~ 2.6 Parseval's formula also offers an obvious criterion for determining when a function 'P is the Fourier-StieItjes transform of a positive measure. The analog to 2.4 is
Theorem: A function T, bounded and continuolls 011 it, is the F ourier-Stieltjes transforlll of a positive measure on R if, and only if, (2.10)
for every nonnegative function compactly supported.
I
which
i~
infinitely differentiable and
PROOF: ParsevaI's formula clearly implies the "only if" part and also the fact that if we assume 7J = fl with J1- E M(R), then J1- is a positive measure. In order to complete the proof we show that (2.10) implies (2.6), with C = q:{0), for every real-valued, compactly supported infinitely differentiable f (and consequently with C = 2rp(0) for complexvalued f). As usual, we denote by K;.(x) the Fejer kernel (1.8) and notice that
1
}. - K;.(X) =
K
1 1 (Sin h/2 ). 2 . . (AX) = 2rc -- hj2 IS nonnegatIve and tends to
1/2rc, as A-+O, uniformly on compact subsets of R. By (1.12) the Fourier transform of K(AX) is ;.-1 max(1 ~ IIA, 0) and consequently
-I
when A-+ 0 (using the continuity of 'P(~) at ~ = 0)
f
(2.11)
1~
1 K;(~)'P( -~)d~ -+ 'P(O).
If I is real-valued and compactly supported and e > 0, then, for sufficiently small }. and all x,
2rc(e
+ sup III) K(h) -
hence, by (2.10) and (2.11), if
(2.12)
;n
I
j E V (it)
j( ~)'P( -~) d~
rewriting (2.12) for -
f
f(x) ~ 0;
~
rp(0)(2e
and letting
E -+
+ sup II
I),
0 we obtain:
137
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
Remark: The assumption that cp is bounded is superfluous (cf. exercise 6 at the end of this section). 2.7
The analog to 2.5 is:
Theorem: . A function cp, defined and continuous on R, is the Fourier-Stieltjes transform of a positive measure, if and only if, for all A. > 0, {rp(A.n)}:=_ao are the Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients of a positive measure on T. PROOF: The "only if" part follows as in 2.5. For the "if" part we notice first that if cp(}.n) = p;.(n) with Ji). ;;:; 0 on T, then I~Ji).11 = CP(O) and consequently, by 2.5, cp is a Fourier-Stieltjes transform. Using the continuity of cp, we can now establish (2.10) by approximating the integral by its Riemann sums as in the proof of 2.5. ~
2.8 DEFI~ITI0N: A function cp defined on R is said to be positive definite if, for every choice of ~ h ... , ~N E it and complex numbers Zl' ... ,7 N , we have N
.L
(2.13)
j,k
~
cp(~J - ~k)Zj~
;;:;
O.
1
Immediate consequences of (2.13) are: (2.14) and (2.15) In order to prove (2.14) and (2.15), we take N ZI = 1, Z2 = z; then (2.13) reads q{O)(l
= 2,
+ 1Z 12) + cp(~)z + cp( -~)z;;:; 0; cp(~) + cp( -~) real and taking
~I = 0, ~2 =~,
taking Z = 1, we get Z = i, we get i( CP(~) - cp( real, hence (2.14). If we take z such that zcp(~) = cp(~) we obtain:
m
-I
1
which establishes (2.15).
Theorem (Bochner): Afunctioll rp defined 011 R is a Fourier-Stieltjes transform of a positive measure if, lIlId only if, it is positive definite and continuous.
138 PROOF: Zt> ... , ZN
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis Assume first cp = fl with Jl ~ O. Let be complex numbers; then
(2.16) =
I Ii
ej, ... , eN E Rand
zie-i~JXI2dJl(X) ~
°
I
so that Fourier-Stieltjes transforms of positive measures are positive definite. If, on the other hand, we assume that cp is positive definite, it follows that for all A. > 0, {1p(A.n)} is a positive definite sequence (cf. 1.7.6)' By Herglotz' theorem 1.7.6, q:(A.n) = flin) for some positive measure Jl;. on T, and by theorem 2.7, 'P = fi for some positive Jl E M(R). ~ 2.9 For the convenience of future reference we state here the analog to Wiener's theorem 1.7.11. The theorem can be proved either by essentially repeating the proof of 1.7.11 or by reducing it to 1.7.11. We leave the proof as an exercise (exercise 7 at the end of this section) to the reader.
Theorem:
Let JlEM(R). Then
In particular, a necessary and sufficient condition for the continuity of Jl is
EXERCISES FOR SECTION 2 I. Denote by 0" the measure of mass one on R concentrated at x = n. Show that limn _ oo On = 0 in the weak-star topology of M(R) and conclude that weak-star convergence of a sequence of measures does not imply pointwise convergence of the Fourier-StieItjes transforms. 2. Writing ~n = n- 1(01 + 0l +... + on) show that ~n-+ 0 in the weak-star topology and flit;) converges for every t;E R; however, Iimflie) is not identically zero.
139
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
I
3. Let /I,.E M(R) and assume lim;.-+oosuPn!lxl>;.1 d/ln = O. Show that if /In -+ /I in the weak-star topology, {In(e) -+ flU;) uniformly on compact subsets of R. 4. Let /In E M(R) such that II /In II ~ 1. Assume that fln converges pointwise to a continuous function qJ. Show that qJ = fl for some /I E M(R) such that I /I I ~ t. 5. Show that there exists a uniformly continuous bounded function qJ which is not a Fourier-Stieltjes transform, and such that {qJOn)} is a sequence of Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients for every A. > O. Hint: Construct a continuous function with compact support which is not a Fourier transform of a summable function. 6. Show that if qJ is continuous on it and (2.10) is valid, then qJ is positive definite. Conclude from (2.t5) that the boundedness assumption of 2.6 is superfluous. 7. Prove theorem 2.9. 8. Express /I{[a,b]} and I/{(a, b)} in terms of fl. ([a,bJ is the closed interval with endpoints a and b, and (a, b) is the open one.) 3. FOURIER TRANSFORMS IN LP(R); 1 < p
~
2
The definition of the Fourier transform (i.e., Fourier coefficients) for functions in various function spaces on T, was largely simplified by the fact that all these spaces were contained in V(T). The fact that the Lebesgue measure of R is infinite changes the situation radically. If p> 1 we no longer have I!' c: V, and, if we want to have Fourier transforms for functions in L"(R) (or other function spaces on R), we have to find a new way to define them. [n this section we consider the case 1 < P ~ 2 and obtain a reasonably satisfactory extension of the Fourier transformation for this case.
3.1 We start with L2 (R).
Lemma: Let f be continuous and with compact support on R; then 21n;
f IJ(~) 12 d~ f =
it(x) 12 dx.
We give two proofs. PROOF I: Assume first that the support off is included in ( - n;, n;). By theorem 1.5.5,
1 211:
f
itex) 12 dx =
n
~ ~oo
1
1
2/(n)
11
140
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
and replacing f by e- i'1.Xf we have
f
(3.1)
I!(x) 12 dx
=
1 2n
n
~cc II(n + a) 12;
integrating both sides of(3.1) with respect to a on 0
~ a
< 1, we obtain
If the support of f is not included in (-n, n), we consider g(x) = A. 112f(,h ). If A. is sufficiently big, the support of g is included in (-n,n) and, since g(~)=A.-1/2IWA.), we obtain
f l!(xWdx f Ig(x)1 dx =2~ f Ig(~)12de JIJwI2d~. 2
=
= 2in
~
f
Write g = f * j( -x); we have g(O) = f(x)j(x) dx = 2 • If we know that flJm 12 de < 00 and gee) = (e.g., if we assume thatfis differentiable), it follows from the inversion formula (UI) that PROOF
=
II:
Ilwl
fl!(x) 12 dx
In the general case we may apply Fcjcr's theorem and obtain
and, since the integrand is nonnegative, its C-1 summability is equiv~ alent to its convergence and the proof is complete. DEFINITIO]>;:
For g E L2CR) we write
Theorem (Plancherel):
There exists a unique operator :F from
VCR) onto v(Jl) having the properties: (3.2)
Remark:
:Ff=l
for fEV nV(R).
In view of (3.2) we shall often write
I
instead of :Ff.
141
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
We notice first that Ll (\ Ll(R) is dense in Ll(R) and consequently any continuous operator defined on Ll(R) is determined by its values on V n Ll(R). This shows that there exists at most one operator satisfying (3.2) and (3.3). By the lemma, (3.3) is satisfied if I is continuous with compact support, and since continuous functions with compact support are dense in V n Ll(R) (with respect to the PROOF:
I IIL'(R) +:1 IIL2(R»,
norm (3.3) holds for all IE l! n U(R}. The mapping 1- J clearly can be extended by continuity to an isometry from L2(R) into L1(R). Finally, since every twice differentiable compactly supported function on R is the Fourier transform of a bounded integrable function on R (1.5 and the inversion formula), it follows that the range ofI ~ is dense in U(R) and hence coincides with it. ..
1
1
Remarks: (a) Given a function IE VCR) we define as the limit (in Ll(R» of 1n, where J. is any sequence in l! n U(R) which converges to I in L1(R). As such a sequence we can take J.(x)
=
/(X) {0
Ixl < n Ix I ~ n
and obtain the following form of Plancherel's theorem: the sequence
(3.4) converges, in L2(R), to a function which we denote by j, and for which (3.2) and (3.3) are valid. (b) The mapping I ~ J being an isometry of L2(R) onto PCR) , clearly has an inverse. Using theorem 1.11 and the fact that we have an isometry, we obtain the inverse map by I = limJ(n) in U(R) where (3.5) (c) Parseval's formula (3.6) for f, g E VCR), follows immediately from (3.3) (and in fact is equivalent to it).
3.2 We turn now to define Fourier transforms for functions in l!(R), 1 < p < 2. Using the Riesz-Thorin theorem and the fact that 3': I ~
1
142
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
has norm 1 as operator from VCR) into L<XJ(R) and from L2(R) onto L2(R), we obtain as in IV.2:
Theorem: (Hausdorff-Young): IE L1 n VCR). Then
Let 1 < p < 2, q
r
f 11(eW de ~ (f I/(x) IPdxt q
(;7t
= p!(p -
1) and
P .
For IE L!'(R), 1 < p < 2, we now define1by continuity; for example, as the limit in Lq(R) of r"'ne-j~XI(x)dx. The mapping :F:/-+1so defined is an operator of norm t from lJ'(R) into Lq(R); however, it is no longer an isometry and the range is not the whole of Lq(R). (see exercise 10 at the end of this section). 3.3 The fact that for p < 2, :F is not an invertible operator from L!'(R) onto VCR) makes the inversion problem more delicate than it is for V. The situation in the case of L!'(R) is similar to that which we encountered for 1!'(T). We have inversion formulas both in terms of summability and in terms of convergence. The summability result can be stated in terms of general summability kernels without reference to the Fourier transform as we did in 1.10 for VCR); and in fact the statement of theorem 1.10 remains valid if we replace in it VCR) by H(R), 1 ~ P < 00. For p ~ 2 we can generalize theorem 1.1 ~. We first check (see exercise 9 at the end of this section) that if g E 1J'(R) and IE VCR) then
1* g is a well-defined element in L(R) ano
j;g = 1 g.
This is particularly simple if we take for Ithe Fejer kernel K. . : we have
JGg
(1_1~I)g
=
and, since KA * g is clearly bounded (KA E [}(R), q = p!(p hence belongs to I! n e'eR) c V(R), it follows that
K}. * g = 27t ~ fA (1 - BJ)\ g(e)ei/;x de 2 -A
and from the general form of theorem I. t 0 we obtain:
Theorem:
Let g E L!'(R), 1 ~ p g =
2; then
lim...!.... f}. (1 _l~J) gwi{.< de A-OO
in the H(R) norm.
~
27t
_)
).
1» and
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
143
Corollary: The Junctions with compactly supported Fourier transJorms Jorm a dense subspace oj l!(R).
* 3.4
The analog to the inversion given by 3.1, remark (b) (i.e., convergence rather than summability) is valid for 1 < p < 2 but not as easy to prove as for p = 2; it corresponds to theorem 11.1.5 and can be proved either through the study of conjugate harmonic functions in the half-plane, analogous to that done for the disc in chapter III, or directly from Il.1.5. The idea needed in order to obtain the norm inversion formula for H(R), 1 < p < 2, from 11.1.5 is basically the one we have used in proof I of lemma 3.l.
Lemma:
For 1 < p < co, there exist cOllstants Cp such that
Jor every Junction J with compact support and every N> O. PROOF:
Inequality (3.7) is equivalent to the statement that, for
M-+co (3.8)
(f:)SN(J,X)\PdX rIP ~ CpI\JIILP(R)'
Writing tpM(X) = M'/PJ(Mx) we see that check that
I tpM IILP(R) = I J I
LP(R)
and
(3.9) In view of (3.9), (3.8) is equivalent to (3.10) As M -+ co, tr..e support of tpM shrinks to zero and consequently the lemma will be proved if we show that (3.8) is valid, with an appropriate Cp , for all J with support contained in (-7t,n) for M = 1 (or any other fixed positive number) and for all integers N. We now write 1
(3.11)
S,.,(J,x) =
(,
• 0
2: -2n1 len + '1.)
N-l
-N
ei(n+»xda
144
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
I
and notice that ~';/(1/2Tt)!(n + cx)e is a partial sum of the Fourier series of J(x) e -ia:c (it is carried by (- rr, rr) which we now identify with T). As an L"(T)-valued function of IX, the integrand in (3.lt) is clearly continuous t and, by B.l.2 and 11.1.5, it is bounded in L"(T) by a constant mUltiple of IIJi"xIILP(T) = (2rr)-J/PIIJIILP(R). We therefore obtain inx
and the proof is complete. Corollary:
For 1 < p ~ 2, inequality (3.7) is valid Jor all JE L"(R).
PROOF: Write J = limn-> en/" with /" E l!(R), In having compact SUpports and the limit being taken in the U(R) norm. By theorem 3.2, ! = lim!. in Lq(R) and consequently, for fixed N > 0, SN(J, x) = = lim. SN(/", x) uniformly in x. It follows that
II SN(f) II LP(R) ~
liminfiISN(/,,)IIt.P\R) ~ Cplim II In IILr(R) = CpIlJIILP(R). n
Theorem:
~
•
Let JE i!'(R), 1 < p ~ 2. Theil lim IISN(f)-JIIt.P(R) = N->oo
o.
PROOF: {SN} is a uniformly bounded family of operators which converge to the identity, as N --. 00, on all functions with compactly supported Fourier transform, and hence, by corollary 3.3, it converges ~ strongly to the identity.
EXERCISES FOR SECTION 3 1. Let B £; fL'c be a homogeneous Banach space on R and let /E B. Show that: (a) for every q.> EL '(R), q.> * / can be approximated (in the B norm) by linear combinations of translates of I, that is, given e > 0, there exist numbers Y"···'YnER and complex numbers A1,···,A. such that 1Iq.>*/- L;:lAJY"'B<e, where/ix) -j(x-y). (b) For every y ER, J;, can be approximated by functions of the form
t Note that f, having a compact a support, is in V(R) and! is therefore continuous.
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
145
2. Let F, GEL 2(R) and assume FW = 0 implies G(~) = 0 for almost all ~ E R. Show that, given e > 0, there exists at wice-ditferentiable compactly supported function
I ~F -
G
Ilo(R) < e.
3. Let f,gELz(R) and assume that J(~) = 0 implies iW = 0 for almost all ~ E R. Show that g can be approximated on L2(R) by linear combinations of translates of /. Hint: Use exercises 1 and 2 and Plancherel's theorem. 4. A measurable set E c It is a 0 set if it coincides with its set of points of density. Show that finite intersections of 0 sets are again 0 sets. For a subspace H S L 2 (R), define E(H) as the union of all the 0 sets which are supports ofsomejwith/E H. Show that this establishes a one-toone correspondence between the closed translation invariant subspaces of L 2(R) and the 0 sets on
It, and that
E(HI n Hz) £(Hl
+ H 2)
=
E(H1 )n E(H2 ) ,
=
£(Hl) V E(H2 )
HI .1 H2
<;:>
V
a set of measure zero,
E(Ht)n E(H2 ) =
0.
5. Show that every closed translation invariant subspace of L 2(R) is singly generated. 6. Let fELZ(R). Show that the translates of f generate L2(R) if, and only if, J(~) ¥= 0 almost everywhere. 7. The information obtained through exercises 2 through 6 can be obtained very easily by duality arguments (i.e., using the Hahn-Banach theorem). For instance, by Plancherel's theorem, exercise 6 is equivalent to the statement that {f(~ i~X}X€R spans L 2(R) if, and only if, f(~) ¥= 0 almost everywhere. By the Hahn-Banach theorem U(~)ei~X}x€R does not span L 2 CR) if, and only if, there exists a function IjI E L 2eR) which does not vanish identically, such that JJ(~)IjI{~) ei~x de = 0 for all x E R, which. by the uniqueness theorem, is equivalent to: fiji = 0 identically, that is, f vanishes on the support of IjI. Use the same method to prove exercises 3 through 5. 8. Both the "if" and the "only if" parts of exercise 6 are based on Plancherel's theorem and are both false for U(R), p < 2. Assuming the existence of a measure Jl carried by a closed set of measure zero and such that /I.EL q for all q> 2, construct a function fELl n L""(R) such that J(~) ¥= 0 almost everywhere and such that the translates of f do not span e(R) for any p < 2. Hint: Put 11 on R.
146
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
9. Show that if IE L I (R) and gEL P(R), then j.g = 1g. We denote by:FU the space of all functions 1 such that IE e(R), (thus §'L I ~ A(R»). By definition:
10. If pEM(R) and
",m P
,>0
IIn
{0
e :;;, 0,
I
p :;;, C p
';>0 , :;;, 0,
then '" ",.fJ EffL P • 13. Let IE LP(R), 1 < p :;;, 2. Show that h(x) = rr- I I(x - y) sin y/ y dy is well defined and continuous on R, h ELP(R) and h I/LP(R) ~CpI//IILP(R)' 14. Show that, for 1 s.p < 2, the nor.!,lls II d9"LP and II fPllu(R) are not equivalent. Deduce that :FLP rfL9(R) (q = p/(p - 1». Hint: See
I
J
IV.2.
4. TEMPERED DISTRIBUTIONS AND PSEUDO-MEASURES
In the previous section we defined the Fourier transforms for functions in L!'(R), 1 < p ~ 2, by showing that on dense subspace OIl which 3': 1-> J is already well defined (e.g., on IJ n L2(R», we have the norm inequality
and consequently there exists a unique continuous extension of 3', as an operator from L"(R) into LqCR). If p > 2 this procedure fails. It is not hard to see that not only is it impossible to extend the validity of the Hausdorff-Young theorem for p> 2, but also there is no homogeneous Banach space B on R such that for some p > 2, some constant C and all IE V n L"'(R),
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
147
So, a different procedure is needed if we want to extend the notion of Fourier transforms to I!'(R), p > 2. Clearly, we try to extend the notion, keeping as many of its properties as possible; in particular, we would like to keep some form of the inversion formula and the very useful Parseval's formula. We realize immediately that, since the Fourier transforms of measures are bounded functions, if any reasonable form of inversion is to be valid, the Fourier transforms of some bounded functions will have to be measures; and once we accept the idea that Fourier transforms need not be functions but could be other objects, such as measures, the procedure that we look for is given to us by Parseval's formula. So far we have established Parseval's formula for various function spaces as a theorem following the definition of the Fourier transforms of functions in the corresponding spaces. In this section we consider Parseval's formula as a definition of Fourier transform for a much larger class of objects. Having proved Parseval's formula for I!'(R), 1 ~ p ~ 2, we are assured that our new definition is consistent with the previous ones.
4.1 We denote by S(R) the space of all infinitely differentiable functions on R which satisfy: (4.1)
lim xnJU)(x) = 0
for all n ;;:;; 0, j ;;:;; O.
Ixl-+oo
S(R) is a topological vector space, the topology being given t by the family of seminorms (4.2)
This topology on S(R) is clearly metri7able and S(R) is complete, in other words, S(R) is a Frechet space. DrnNITION: A tempered distribution on R is a continuous linear functional on S(R). We denote the space of tempered distributions on R, that is, the dual of S(R), by S*(R).
t A sequ~nce of functionsfmE S(R) converges to f if limm-+uo IIfm - f for all j ~ 0 and 1/ ;;:;; O. The metric in S(R) can be defined by: dist(f, g) =
L -.- -1£:-::: g ~j~
j.n~O
2J+n
1 + II f
- gil j.n
Ilj.n =
0
148
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
S(R) is a natural space to study within the theory of Fourier transforms. By theorems 1.5 and 1.6 we see that if jE S(R) then j E S(R) (the analogous space on R) and, e"j(j)(e) being the Fourier transform
(_it+jdn(Xlx~X»i'
we see that the mappingj--+jis continuous from
S(R) into S(R). By the inversion formula this mapping is onto SeR) and is bicontinuous. We now define p, for /1 E S*(R), as the tempered distribution on R satisfying
(4.3)
for all jE S(R). The space of tempered distributions on R is quite large. Every function g which is measurable and locally summable, and which is bounded at infinity by a power of x can be identified with a tempered distribution by means of:
<J, g) =
J
j(x)g(x) dx
jES(R)
and so can every gEl!'(R), for any p ~ 1, and every measure P E M(R); thus our definition has a very satisfactory domain. However, the cange of the definition is as large and this is clearly a disadvantage; it gives relatively little information about the Fourier transform. We thus have to supplement this definition with studies of the following general problem: knowing that a distribution pES*(R) bas some special properties, what can we say about jll Much of what we have done in the first three sections of this chapter falls into this category: if Jl is (identified with) a summable function, then p is (identified with) a function in CorR); if P is a measure, ft is a unifonnly continuous bounded function; if P E l!'(R) with 1 < p ~ 2, then fl E L'l(R), q = p/(P - 1). We shall presently obtain some information about Fourier transforms of functions in l!'(R) with 2 < p ~ 00, but we should not leave the general setup without mentioning the notion of the support of a tempered distribution. 4.2 DEFINITION: A distribution l' E S*(R) vanishes on an open set OcR, if
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
149
Lemma: Let 0 1,0 2 be open on R alld let K be a compact set, K c 0 1 U O 2 • Theil there exist two compactly supported C~ functions 'PI
and 'P2 satisfying: support of 'Pj
C
OJ and PI
+ 'P2 == 1 on
K.
Let U j C OJ have the following properties: U, is open, OJ is compact and included in 0 i' and K CUI U U 2. Denote the characteristic function of U I by 1/1 I and tha t of U 2 " U I by 1/12. Let 8 > 0 be smaller than the distance of K to the boundary of U I U U z and also smaller than the distance of U j to the complement of OJ, j = 1,2. Let b(x) be an infinitely differentiable function carried by (-8,8) and whose integral is 1. Then we can take 'Pj = I/Ii * b. ~ PROOF:
Corollary:
If v E S*(R) vanishes on 0 1 and on O 2 , it vanishes on
0 1 uO z· PROOF: LetfES(R) have a compact support included in 0 1 U02 • Denote the support of f by K and let 'PI' 'Pz be the functions described in the lemma. Then 'Pj E S(R), f = f( 'PI + cpz) = f'Pl + ('Pz. Now
Our corollary clearly implies that the union of any finite number of open sets on which v vanishes has the same property, and since our test functions all have compact support, the same is valid for arbitrary unions. The union of all the open sets on which v vanishes is clearly the largest such set. 4.3 DEFINITION: The support 1:(v) of VE S*(R) is the complement of the largest open set 0 C R on which v vanishes. Remarks: (a) If v is (identified with) a continuous function g then 1:(v) is the closure of {x;g(x)"* O}. If v is a measurable function g then 1:(v) is the closure of the set of points of density of {x; g(x) O}. The set of poi nts of density of {x; g(x) o} is a finer notion of support which may be useful (cf. exercise 3.4). (b) The definition of 1:( v) implies that if 'P E S(R) and if the support of cp is compact and disjoint from 1:( v) then <'P, v) = O. It may be useful to notice that if 1/1 E S(R) and if [) is infinitely differentiable with compact support and b(O) = 1, then 1/1 = lim.. _ o [)(AX)I/I in S(R), and consequently if the support of 1/1 is disjoint from L( v) (but not necessarily compact) we have <1/1, v) = Iim.. _ o <[)(AX)I/I, v) = O. In particular, if 1:(v) = 0 then v = o.
"*
"*
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
150
(c) Let B 2 S(R) be a function space and assume that every IE B with compact support can be approximated in the topology of B by functions ff'n E S(R) such that the supports of gJn tend to that off Let v E S*(R) and assume that v can be extended to a continuous linear functional on B. If IE B has a compact support disjoint from rev), then (J, v) = O. 4.4 S(R) is an algebra under pointwise multiplication. The productlv of a function IE S(R) and a distribution v E S*(R) is defined by (g,jv) = (gj, v),
gES(R),
that is, the multiplication by I in S*(R) is the adjoint of the multiplication by I in S(R). From the definition!. above, it is clear that r(jv) s; r(j) () r( v). 4.5 We denote by:Fil = $/'"L!'(R) the space of distributions on Ii which are Fourier transforms of functions in L!'(R), I < p ~ 00 (we keep the notation A(R) for ffU(R». YJ1 inherits from Lf(R) its Banach space structure; we simply put I J II"LP = II IIILP{R); and we can identify $/'"U with the dual of §Lq if q = p/(p - I) < 00. In particular, ,FLoo is the dual of A(R). This identification may be considered as purely formal: writing (J,g) = (/,g) carries the duality from (I!'(R),LJ(R» to (iFl!, $/'"Lq ); however, we have already made enough formal identifications to allow a somewhat clearer meaning to the one above. Having identified functions with the corresponding distributions, we clearly have S(R) c .'Fl! and, if p < 00, S(R) is dense in §U; consequently, every continuous linear functional on §L P is canonically identified with a tempered distribution. The identification of :FLq as the dual of $/'"l!' now becomes a theorem stating that a distribution v E S*(R) is continuous on S(R) with respect to the norm induced by :Fl! if, and only if, v EffLJ. We leave the proof as an exercise to the reader. We now confine our attention to .'FL"'. If J1 is a measure in MeR) then J1 is the Fourier transform of the bounded function hex) oo oo = ei~xdJ1(~); thus M(R) c§L • The elements of ffL are commonly referred to as pseudo-measures. It is clear that M(R) is a relatively small part of.:TC); for instance, if '{J E Loo is not uniformly continuous on R, (p cannot be a measure.
J
The convolutioll hI * h2 of the pseudo-measures hI and L"'(R», is the Fourier transform of hI h2 •
DEFINITION:
11 2 • (h j
E
151
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
Again we reverse the roles; we take something which we have proved for measures, as a definition for the larger class of pseudo-measures. Thus, if hi and hz happen to be measures, hi *h z is their (measure theoretic) convolution. 4.6 Another case in which we can identify the convolution is given by Lemma:
Let h]EL"'(R) and h2ELI nL"°(R); then
(4.4) We remark first that h1h z E Ll n Loo(R) and consequently so that we can talk about its value at ~ E R. If h]ES(R) we have PROOF:
* hl
1,]
=
h;ii; E A(R)
(h]*h2)(~)=
I hl(x)hz(x)e-i~Xdx I hz(~
= 2!
=
- 1/)11I(YI) dYi
2~
II hl(101lz{x)i(q-~)X
=
dxdYl
r;~('1»'
17),
Since S(R) is dense in Loo (R) in the weak-star topology (as dual of LI(R», and since both sides of (4.4) depend on hi continuously with respect to the weak-star topology, (4.4) is valid for arbitrary h] ELoo(R).
IJh]ELoo(R) and hlEUnL"'(R), then
* hz)£; "[. (iiI) + "[.(h z)·
"[.(h i
4.7 This corollary can be improved: Lemma:
Assume hl>hzELOO(R). Then
"[. (hI PROOF:
* hz)
£;
"[.(h])
+ "[.(h z).
Consider a smooth function jE A(R) with compact support
disjoint from "[.( hl )+ "i.( h2 ). We have to show that <J. (/0 = 0 which is
the
same
as
f JhIhz dx
g; - ~ E "[.( hI)} and, by ~oE"[.(fh;)n"[.(hz), then there
set
that
~o = Ylo -
YI I>
that
/'-.
=
O. Now "[.(Ii]) is the
/'-.
=
from "[.(h z), proved.
<J,(/;;) = 1;1,11
hence
=
4.6, "[.<1JII) £; "[.(j) + "[.(h I). If exist YloE"[.(j) and YI] E"[.(h]) such is, Ylo = ~o + '11 which contradicts
"[.(]) n ("[.(h 1) + "[.( hz»
0.
A
<j"h t ,!lz)
It
follows
that 2)
"[.(j iii) is
disjoint
= 0 and the lemma is
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
152
4.8 The reader might have noticed that we were using not only the duality between LI(R) and LOO(R) but also the fact that a multiplication by a bounded function is a bounded operator on VCR). Another operation between VCR) and Leo (R) which we have used is the convolution that takes V x La) into LCO(R). Passing to Fourier transforms we see that .'FL"" is a module over A(R) the multiplication of a pseudomeasure by a function in A(R) being the adjoint of the multiplication in A(R). This extends the notion of mUltiplication introduced in 4.4. 4.9 Let k be an infinitely differentiable function on R, carried by [-I,IJ and such that fk(~)d~=1. For JEA(R) we set JA = )'k()'O *J = ). k(hOj( ~ - dl1· h. is infinitely differentiable, r.(h.) £; r.(f) + [ - 1/).,1/)'], and as ). ~ 00, j). ~ in A(R). By 4.3, remark (c) it follows that if v Eff La) andjE A(R) has a compact support disjoint from L(V), we have v) = O. Further, if JE A(R) and r.(j)n r.(v) = 0, it follows that «I ~ fA)j~ v) = 0 for all ). > 0, and letting }. ~ 00, we obtain <J. v) = O. For convenient reference we state this as:
to
f
J
<J,
Let vEff'L"" alld jEA(R).
Lemma:
If
-I 1
r.(j)nr.(v)=0
then
Let vEffLoo and jEA(R); then
r.(jv)
£;
r.(j) n r.( v).
4.II We show now that a pseudo-measure with finite support is a measure. Using the multiplication by elements of A(R) we see that a pseudo-measure with finite support is a linear combination of pseudomeasures carried by one point each; thus it would be sufficient to prove: Theorem: PROOF:
and qJ.W
A pseudo-measure carried by one point is a measure.
Let hE L""(R) and assume r.(h) = {O}. If 'PI' qJ2 E.A(R) = qJi~) in a neighborhood of ~ = 0, then <'1'1' h) = <'Pl, h ).
Put c = <'P, f,) where 'P is any function in A(R) such that qJ(~) = 1 near ~ = 0. As usual we denote by K the Fejer kernel and recall that KW = sup(1 - 1~ I, 0). By lemma 4.6 we have
153
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line (4.5) "-
II
For ~ ~ I we clearly have II K(O = O. If -1 < ~1 < ~2 < 0 we have K(~2 - 1'/) - K(~l - 1'/) = ~2 - ~t for 1'/ near zero. By (4.5) and the "-
"-
definition of c we conclude that hK(~2) - hK(~l) "-
= C(~2 -
el), and "-
since hK(~) is continuous, upon letting ~l -+ -1 we obtain hK(O = e(l +"-e) for -1~ ~ ~ ~ O. Repeating the argument for 0 ~ ~ ~ 1 we obtain h K(O = eK(~) and by the uniqueness theorem h(x) = e a.e. ft follows that is the measure of mass c concentrated at the origin.
r,
4.12 We add just a few remarks concerning distributions in :FI!, 2 < p < 00. There is clearly no inclusion relation between .~I! and :FL00 but it might be useful to notice that 10cally:Fl! £; :Fl!' if p ~ p' and in particular all distributions in .~I! are locally pseudomeasures. (We recall that a tempered distribution v belongs locally to a set G c S*(R) if for every ~ E R there exists p. E G such that r (p. - v) does not contain 0 If \' EjOU and ~ Ell we may take A. > ~ and consid~r Jl = V"v where V" is de la Vallee Poussin's kernel (V"m = 1 for ~ ~ A, = 2 - ~ A-1 for A < ~ < 2A, and = 0 for ~ > 2A). It is clear that v = p. on (- A.A.), that is, r (Jl - v) () ( - A, A.) = 0 and
II
II
II
II
II
&
if v = J with f E 1!(R), then Jl = and V" *f E IT () L"'(R) since V). E V () VCR), q = p/(p - 1). fn particular, if rev) is compact, say r( v) c ( - A, A). then p. = v; we have thus proved: Theorem:
If v EjOI! and rev) is compact, then v E.'FLoo •
4.13 If v E.'FI! () :FLoo we can consider the repeated convolution of v with itself; writing v = with fE U() e'eR), the convolution of v with itself m times is the Fourier transform of f m, and if m > p, m times fm E VCR) so that ~ E A(R). In particular, assuming v '# 0, r(H'" * v) £; rev) + '" + rev) contains an interval. As an immediate consequence we obtain:
J
Theorem: Let v E:FL~ p < 00, and let J be an Ope/l interval on such that J () rev) '# 0. Then J () rev) is a basis for R.
R
Theorems 4.11 and 4.13 are equivalent to the following approximation theorems:
154
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
4.11'
Theorem:
Let ';ER and denote 1(0
{f;f E A(R),fW = O}
10 (';)
{f;fES(R),';¢~(f)}.
Then loW is dense in 1(';) in the A(R) topology. 4.13'
Theorem:
Let E c
R be
closed, and denote
10(E) = {J;fES(R),~(f)
n
0}.
E=
Asmme that E + E + ... + E (m times) has no interior. Let 1 < p and q = p/(p - I). Then 10CE) is (norm) dense in g;/J.
~
m
The proofs of 4.11' and 4.13' are essentially the same and follow immediately from the Hahn-Banach theorem (and 4.11, 4.13, respectively). A linear functional on A(R) which annihilates loW is a pseudohence is constant multiple of the Dirac measure supported by measure at .;, and hence annihilates IC ';). A linear functional on :?i'U which annihilates 10(E) is an element of Yf!' supported by E; hence it must be zero.
{n
EXERCISES FOR SECTION 4 I. 2. 3. 4.
Deduce 4.11 from 4.11'. Deduce 4./3 from 4.13'. What is a function h ELoo such that ~ If IE A(R) and vEg;L oo , then
Illv 1/ §L'"
~
(h)
is finite?
I fllA(ihil vlI:n
oo •
5. Let IELoo(R). Show that ~(Re(f)) £; ~(j) U (-'£(j». 6. (Bernstein) Let hELoo(R) and assume that ~(fi) £;[ -k,k]. Show that h is infinitely differentiable and that II ,,<m) II 'Xl ::;;; k mII h II "". 7. Let Iz EL oo(R), Iz ~ O. Assume that h(x t- y) = Iz(x)h(y) a.e. in (x, y). Show that h(x) = /~o" for some ';0 E :R. 8. Assume Vj EffL 00, j = 0, I, "', and Vj - 1'0 in the weak-star topology. Let U be an open set such that U n ~(v) = 0 for infinitely many j's. Show that U n ~(vo) = 0. 9. Fourier transforms of functions in Co(R) are called pseudoIlinctionf (on R). (a) Show that if IELICR), then I is a pseudo-function. (b) Show that if /j are pseudo-functions on ft, Ii Ij li.F l .oo < c and }'j ro fast enough. then /""{/j converges (weak-star) in §L oo . 10. Let h(x) =sinx 2 • Show that /";li-.o (weak-star) as roo
L
I}.I-
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
155
S. ALMOST-PERIODIC FUNCTIONS ON THE LINE
The usefulness of Fourier series of functions on T is largely due to the information they offer about approximation of the functions by trigonometric polynomials. On the line, trigonometric polynomials do not belong to many of the function spaces in which we are interested, for example, to l!'(R) for p < co; and the positive results, which we had for I!'(R), I ~ P ~ 2, were in terms of trigonometric integrals rather than polynomials. Trigonometric polynomials do belong to e'eR), and in this section we characterize the functions that are uniform limits of trigonometric polynomials.
5.1 DEFINITION: Let I be a complex-valued function on R and let e > O. An e-almost-period of I is a number r such that sup I/(x - r) - I(x) I <
1:.
x
Examples: r = 0 is a trivial I:-almost-period for all e > 0; if I is periodic then its period, or any integral multiple thereof, is an e-almostperiod for all e > 0; if I is uniformly continuous, every sufficiently small r is an e-almost-period. 5.2 DEFINITION: A function I is (uniformly) almost-periodic on R ifit is continuous and iffor every e > 0 there exists a number A = A(e,!) such that every interval of length A on R contains an I:-almost-period of 1. We denote by AP(R) the set of all almost-periodic functions on R.
Examples: (a) Continuous periodic functions are almost-periodic. (b) We shall show (see 5.7) that the sum of two almost-periodic functions is almost-periodic; hence 1= cosx + cos 1I:X is almostperiodic (see also exercise 1 at the end of this section); noticing, however, that lex) = 2 only for x = 0, we see that I is not periodic. (c) If J is almost-periodic, so are al for any complex number a, and I(h) for any real A.
III, /,
5.3
Lemma:
Almost-periodic lunetiolls are bOllntled.
PROOI': Let I be almost-periodic. Take e = 1 and let A = A(I,f). For arbitrary x E R let't' be a I-almost-period in the interval ['( - A, x]. We have 0 ~ x - r ~ A and I ((\') - r(x - r) I < I, consequently
I/(x) I ~suPo~Y:<;AI/(Y)1
+ 1.
~
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
156 Corollary:
Iff is almost-periodic, so is
f~.
I
PROOF: Without loss of generality we may assume If(x) ~! for allxER. Wehavej2(x - t) - j2(x) = U(x-t) + f(x»U(x - t) - f(x» which implies that, for every e > 0, e-almost-periods of f are also e-almost-periods of f2.
5.4
Lemma:
Almost-periodic functions are uniformly continuous.
PROOF: Let f be almost-periodic, e> 0, A =A(eI3,/). Since f is uniformly continuous on [O,A], there exists '10> 0 such that for all
I'll < '10 sup
If(x
+ ']) -
I
f(x) <
~3 .
O~:c~A
Let Y E R; we can find an eI3-almost-period of f say interval [y - A, y], and writing fey
+ '1) -
fey) = (f(y +U(y - t
+ '1) + '1) -
fey -
t
t,
within the
+ '1» +
fey - t»
+ (f(y
- t) - f(y»,
we see that each of the three summands is bounded by e13; the first and the third since t is an eI3-almost-period, and the second since o ~ y - t ~ A and < '10' Thus, if < '10' I!(x + '1) - f(x):1 < e for all x, and the proof is complete. ...
I'll
lId
5.5 For a function fE L"'(R) we denote by Wo(f) the set of all translates of f; Woe/) = {1,}YER· t Theorem: A function fEL"'(R) is almost-periodic if, and only if, Wo(f) is precompact (in the norm topology of C'(R». PROOF: We recall that a set in a complete metric space is precompact (i.e., has a compact closure) if, and only if, it is totally bounded, that is, if for every e > 0, it can be covered by a union of a finite number of balls of radius f.. Assume first that f is almost-periodic and let us show that Woe/) is totally bounded in e'eR). Let e > 0 be given and let A =A( e/2,/); by the uniform continuity of f we can find numbers '1t. ... , '1M in [0, A] such that if O~Yo ~ A, inf) ~j~M 1/1,0 - f"", '" < e12. For arbitrary y E R let t be an eI2-almost-period of f in [y - A, y] ; writing yo=y-t we obtain O~Yo~A and <eI2; con-
//I,-holl",
t
Remember the notation Iy(x) = I(x - y).
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
157
sequently, infl ~J&M IIh - hj 1100 < e and Wo(f) is covered by the union of baIls of radius e, centered at/~J' j = 1, ... ,M. Assume now that Wo(f) is precompact. Let e > 0 and let 0 1 , ••• ,OM be balls of radius e/2 such that Wo(f) c U~ OJ. We may clearly assume that 0/'\ Wo(f) # 0 and hence pickhjEOj, j = 1, ... ,M; the balls of radius e centered at hJ clearly cover Wo(f). We claim that every interval J of length A = 2max J ~j ~M 1Yj contains an e-almost-period of /. In fact, denoting by y the middle of J, there exists a jo such that IIh-h}olloo <e; writing T = Y-Yio it is obvious that TEJ and, on the other hand,
I
Hence, all that we have to do in order to complete the proof is show that, under the assumption that Wo(f) is precompact, / is continuous. t We show directly that it is uniformly continuous, that is, that limq_.o I /~ - /11 00 = ,0. If this were false, there would be an e > 0 and a sequence 1/" -. 0 such that I h. - f II 00 > e; by the precompactnes~ there would exist a bubsequence {'7nj} such that/~nJ converges in Loo{R) 1D some functioD g which would clearly satisfy g ~ e. But, since for arbitrary f E LOO(R) (actually for arbitrary measurable !), '1~O imp1iesf{x-1J)-.f(x)inmeasure,t we see that g(x)=f(x) a.e. and this contradiction completes the proof. ~
IIf - II",
5.6 DEfiNITION: The translation convex hull, W(f), of a function feLoo(R) is the closed convex hull of Ul"l~l Wia!). Equivalently, it is the set of uniform limits of functions of the form
(5.1)
Remark: If J is uniformly continuous we can define W(f) as the closure of the set of aU functions of the form (5.1')
cp *f
with
cp E V(R),
II
cp
lILl(R) ~
I.
Another observation that will be useful later is: (5.2)
t
That is: / is equal a.e. to a continuous function. That is: for every finite intervall and every e > 0, the measure of in {x;l!(x - 1)-/(x) I > e} tends to zero as 1) ~ o.
t
158
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
By its very definition WU) is convex and closed in LOO(R). Since W(f)::> Wo(f), it is clear that if W(f) is compact then Wo(f) is precompact; the converse is also true: if Wo(f) is precompact, there exist for every e> 0, a finite number of translates {!,)7:1 such that every translate off lies within less than e from h j for some 1 ~ j ~ M. Thus, every function of the form (5.1) lies within e of a function having the form ~ 1 we can j fyj with L~lbjl ~ 1. In the unit disc pick a finite number of points {ck }:= 1 such that every b in the unit disc lies within eM - J II f /I L~(R) from one of the Ck'S; thus every combination j/yj' j I ~ 1 lies within e of some
L7=lb
Ibl
Lb
Lib
(5.3)
It foIlows that W(n is covered by the union of M N baUs of radius 36 centered at the functions of the form (5.3); hence W(f) is precompact and being closed it is compact. We have proved:
Lemma: W(n is compact if, and ollly if, Wo(f) is precompact, that is, if, and only if: fE AP(R). 5.7
Theorem:
AP(R) is a closed subalgebra of Loo(R).
PROOF: In order to show that AP(R) is a subspace, we have to show that if f, g <= AP(R) so does f + g. We clearly have W(f + g) s W(i) + W(g) and since, by 5.6, WU) and W(g) are both compact, W(f) + W(g) is compact and hence W(j + g) is precompact. Since W(f + g) is closed, it is compact, and by 5.6, f + g E AP(R). It follows from the corollary 5.3 that f2, g2, (f + g)2 E AP(R) and consequently f g = 1«(f + g)2 - j2 - g2) is almost-periodic and we have proved that AP(R) is a subalgebra of LOO(R). In order to show that it is closed, we consider a function f in its closure. Since f is the uniform limit of continuous functions, it is continuous. Given e> 0 we can find agE AP(R) such that f 00 < e/3, and if t is an e/3 almostperiod of g we have
I
fT -
f
= Ut -
gil
g t)
+ (g t - g) + (g - f) ,
hence II ff - f 1100 < e/3 + e/3 + [;/3 = e and t is an c-almost-period of f. Thus every interval of length A(e/3,g) contains an e-almost-period of J, and f is almost-periodic. ~
159
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line 5.8 DEFINITION: the form
A trigonometric polynomial on R is a function of
f(x) The numbers
~j
= )~
......1
aJi{jX,
are called the frequencies off.
By theorem 5.7, all trigonometric polynomials and alI uniform limits of trigonometric polynomials are almost-periodic. The main theorem in the theory of almost-periodic functions states that every almost-periodic function is the uniform limit of trigonometric polynomials, and actually gives a recipe, analogous to Fejer's theorem for periodic functions, for finding the approximating polynomials (see 5.18). 5.9 set
DEFI~1TI0N:
The norm spectrllm of a function hE LOO(R) is the
q(h) = g;~ER, aei~XEW(h) for sufficiently small a:;l:O}. q(h) may welI be empty even if h :;I: 0; for instance, if hE Co(R) we have W(h) c Co(R) and consequently q(h) = 0. We notice that from (5.2) and our definition above it follows immediately that (5.4)
Lemma:
If hE LOO(R) then q(h) S I( h).
PROOF: Since hy = e'{Y h it is clear that I( hy) = I( h) and consequently I(j) s I(ii) for any fE W(h). If f = a i{x, then J = ab~ (<5~ being the measure of mass one concentrated at ~) and I(j) = g}; thus if ~Eq(h) then ~EI(Ji). ~
5.10 Lemma: Let h be bounded and uniformly continuous. Assume that '1K('1x) * h converges uniformly as '1-t 0 to a limit which is not identically zero. Then 0 E q(h). PROOF:
Writing
I(g~)c[-'1,'1]
g~
=
'1 K('1x) * h we have
gq =
--~~
f«~f'1)h, hence
and it follows that I(lim~->og'l)={O}. By 4.11, lim,,->og'l is a constant, and by the remark following definition 5.6, g'lE W(h) and hence lim'l->og"E W(h); now, Iimg" being a constant different from zero, we obtain 0 E a(h). ~ Corollary: Let J-L be a measure on :it and assume p({O}):;I: O. Let h(x) = fei<xdp(~) (so that J-L= h); then OEq(h).
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
160
PROOF: Keeping the notations above, we have i" = KWYJ)p and consequently i" tends to p({O})c5 o in MeR) which implies gil -+ p({O}) uniformly. ~
It is clear that 0 E R plays no specific role in 5.10; if p(gn '" 0 we have ~Ea(h) (h as above). Also, it is not essential to use Fejer's kernel: if FE V(R), and if we assume that YJF(YJx) * h converges uniformly to a nonvanishing limit, it follows that 0 E a(II). This can be seen as follows: given a sequence en -+ 0, we can write F = Gn+ lin such that Gn,H n E V (R), Gn has compact support, say included in (- Cn, cn), and I Hn IIL'(R) < en' Writing Gn,,,(x) = YJGn(YJx), H n,,, = YJH.(YJx) and noticing that I H n,,, * h < en II h II, we obtain
5.11
Remarks:
ik"(R)
~'----,
limn .... 00 Gn,,,* h=lim" .... oF,,* h. Remembering that r(Gn~~ -YJcn,YJcn) we obtain, letting YJ-+O faster than Cn -+ 00, r(limF,,*h) = to} as before. The condition of existence of a uniform limit of F" * h as YJ -+ 0 can clearly be replaced by the less stringent condition of the existence of a nonvanishing limit point, that is, a limit of some sequence F". * h with YJn -+ O. We restate these remarks as:
Lemma: Let fEAP(R) and assume Orj:a(f); then for all FE V(R) lim 1/ YJF(flx) *fll LOO(R) = O. " .... 0
Let FEV(R); with no loss of generality we assume It follows that YJF(YJx) *f E W(f) and, if it did not tend to zero as YJ -+ 0, it would have, W(f) being compact, other limit points. By the preceding remarks this would imply 0 E aU). ~ PROOF:
II F II LI(R) ~ 1.
5.12 Lemma 5.11 has the following converse:
J
Lemma: Let fE AP(R), FE V(R) and F(x) dx '" O. If for some sequence YJn-+O, Iim n-+ oo IIYJnF(YJnx)*fIILoo(R) =0, then Orf:a(f). We notice first that for any translate of J, hence for any linear combination of translates, and hence for any gEW(f), we have PROOF:
limn .... "" II YJnF(YJn x ) *g I L"'(R) = O. If g = const, YJnF(YJnx) * g = F(O)g and consequently the only constant in W(f) is zero, that is, 0 ¢ a(f). ~
5.13 Theorem: To every fEAP(R) there corresponds a unique number M(f\ called the mean value of J, having the property that 0rj:(J(f - M(f».
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
161
PROOF: We have seen before that uniform limit points of I'/K(I'/x)*f as 1'/-+0 are necessarily constants. Since I'/K(l'/x).fE W(f) and since W(/) is compact, there exists a number a such that for an appropriate sequence I'/n-+O, '1nK(l'/nx)*f converges uniformly to a. Since K(O) = I, I'/n K(I'/nx) * (f - a) -+ 0 uniformly; hence, by 5.12, 0 ¢ a(f - a). If P is another number such that 0 ¢ a(f - p) we obtain, using 5.11, that
I'/K(I'/x)*[(f - a) - (f -
P)]
= "K(f/x)*(f - a) -I'/K(I'/x)*(f-P)
converges to zero uniformly as 1'/-+0. However,I'/K(l'/x)*[(f-a)-(f- P)] = P- a identically and consequently P= a. Thus the property o¢ (J(f - a) determines a uniquely and we set M(f) = a. ~ Corollary: If fE AP(R) and FE V (R), then I'/F(I'/x) * f converges uniformly as 1'/ -+ 0 to f(O)M(f).
In particular, taking F(x)
IXI < 1
= {:
Ixi ~ 1
writing T= f/-l, and
evaluating the convolution at the origin, we obtain: Corollary:
(5.5)
For fE AP(R), M(f) =
1 lim 2T T--+oo
JT f(x) dx . -T
Using the mean value we can determine the norm spectrum of f completely. By (5.4) it is clear that ~ E a(f) if, and only if, oE (J(f e- ii!,,) and consequently (5.6)
By our definition of M(f) and by corollary 5.10 it is clear that if j is a measure then j({O}) = M(f) and similarly (5.6')
j({~}) = M(fe-i~");
thus we can recover the discrete part of]. We shall soon see that j has no continuous part when fE AP(R). 5.14 The mean value clearly has the basic properties of a translation invariant integral, namely: (5.7) (5.8)
M(f + g)
=
M(/)
+ M(g),
M(af) = aM(f),
162
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
(S.9)
M(h)
= M(})
(where hex)
= I(x -
y».
It is also positive:
Lemma: Assume IE AP(R), I(x) zero. Then M(}) > O. PROOF:
~
0 on R, and I not identically
By (S.9) we may assume 1(0) > 0 and consequently, if
a> 0 is small enough, I(x) > a on -a < x < a. Let A = A(a/2,}); every interval of length A contains an aI2-almost-period of f, say 't, and I(x) > al2 in (. - a,. + a). It follows that the integral of lover any intervai of length A is at least a2 ; hence M(j) ~ a2 /A. ...
5.15
We define the inner product of almost-periodic functions by:
(S.10)
= M(fg)
and claim that with the inner product so defined, AP(R) is a preHilbert space, that is, satisfies all the axioms of a Hilbert space except for completeness. The bilinearity of
(S.II) that is.J( {~}) are the Fourier coefficients of I relative to the orthonormal family {ej~X}~ ER' Bessel's inequality now reads
2: IJ({~})12 ~ (f,/)M
(S.12)
~ E
=
M(1/12)
R
and it follows that J({~}) = 0 except possibly for a countable set of ~'s. Combining this with (S.6) we obtain that for all IE AP(R), (J(f) is countable.
J
t If is a measure on R, (5.11) agrees with (5.6 '). By abuse of language we shall sometimes refer to J({ ¢}) for arbitrary JE AP(R), as the mass of the pseudomeasurc Jat ~.
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
163
We have not discussed yet the question whether the orthonormal family {i~Xh e R is complete or not. It is well known that the completeness of an orthonormal family is equivalent to the uniqueness theorem, that is, to the statement that zero is the only element all of whose Fourier coefficients (relative to the orthonormal family under consideration) vanish. Thus in our case the completeness of {ei~Xh eft follows from LeI IE AP(R), 1=1= O. Then a(f) =1= 0.
Theorem (uniqueness theorem):
PROOF: Assume first that 1 is a measure on R. Saying that a(/) =1= 0 is equivalent to saying that 1 has a nonvanishing discrete part. By Wiener's theorem 2.9, if lis continuous then lim (2T) -lf~T I/(x) 12 dx =0 and, by 5.14, 1= O. We now show that if IE AP(R) there is always a (nonzero) function h E W(!) such that Ii is a positive measure on R. Since by the previous argument (J(h) would then be nonempty, and since a(h) £ a(/), the theorem will follow. 'Xl ~ 1 we put We construct h as follows: assuming"
I"
1 hT{x) = 2T
IT
-T
J(y)/(x
+ y)dy
and, noticing that liT E W(/) for all T> 0 and remembering that W(!) is compact, we take h to be a limit point of hT as T --+ 00, say h = lim hT". We have h(O) = lim hr.,(O) = M(1J12) =1= 0, hence h =1= O. h is clearly continuous and we claim that it is positive definite: if Xj E Rand Zj are complex numbers, j = t, ... , N, then
1 = lim 2T n-+cr,
n
JTH I) ," zj/(x j + y) 12dy ~ O. -Tn
--I
Thus, by Bochner's theorem 2.8, h is the Fourier transform of a pdsitive measure or, equivalently, jj is a positive measure and the proof is complete. ... Corollary: (5.13)
For IE AP(R)
An Jntroduction to Harmonic Analysis
164
Theorem: II IE AP(R) and lEM(R), then II1IlM(R) = LI1({~})I, and I(x) = Ll({~}) ei~x.
5.16
1= Ll({~})8~,
By (5.6)" Ll({~})8~ is the discrete part of 1, hence II1({~}) I ~ "lIlM(R). If we denote the continuous part of 1 by fl, then fl is the Fourier transform of the almost-periodic function f - Ll({~})ei~X and, as in the first part of the proof of 5.15, Il = 0; hence/= Ll({~})ei~X and II 1 I Mdt) = LI1({~})I. ~ PROOF:
5.17 For arbitrary IE AP(R), the series Ll({~})ei~", to which we refer as the Fourier series of J, converges to f in the norm induced by the bilinear form )M. Our next goal is to show that, as in the caSe of periodic functions, the Fourier series of any IE AP(R) is summable to I in the uniform norm. Before describing the summablity process we introduce the mean convolution / * g of two almost-periodic functions.
<., .
M
Lemma:
Let J,gEAP(R). Define: T
(5.14)
(f *g)(x)
= My(f(x- y)g(y»
= lim 21rJ T~~
M
f(x- y)g(y)dy.
-T
I tt g is almost-periodic and, if M( Ig I) ~ 1, then f * g E W(f). Furthermore, if g is a trigonometric polynomial, then Then
We may clearly assume from the beginning that It follows that for all T~ufficientJy large PROOF:
2iT
f:/(X -
Mqgf) < 1.
y)g(y)dyE W(f)
and, combining the compactness of W(f) with the fact that pointwise (5.14) is well defined, we obtain 1* g as the uniform limit of M
(2Trlf~rf(x - y)g(y)dy. lfg(x)
= Li({~})e~ (the sum being finite)
then and since / tteiF.x = M,.(f(x - y) ei~ = Mt(.f(t)ei~("-t~ =]({ ~})ei~",
the proof is complete.
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
165
Remark: Notice that the function h introduced in the proof of 5,15 is nothing but 1* i( - x). M
5.18 Lemma: Given a finite number 01 points ~I""'~NER and an 6 > 0, there exists a trigonometric polynomial B having the lollowing properties: (a) 8(x)
~
0
(b) M(B) = 1 (c) B(gj}) > 1 - e
for j
= 1,
.. " N .
PROOF: We notice first that if ~ I' ... , ~N happen to be integers and if m is an integer larger than 6- 1 max 1~j I, then the Fejer kernel of
order m,
namely
Km
=
f (1 - _1_k_I_) e +1
ikx
-m
has all the pro-
m
perties mentioned. In the general case let ..1.1"'" Aq be a basis for ~ h .•• , ~N; that is, ..1.1" •. , Aq are linearly independent over the rationals and every j can be written in the form j = l A j.k)'k with integral A j •k • Let 61 > 0 be such that (1 - el)q > 1 - e, and let
e
e L
n1
1 I;
we contend that B = = I Km(Akx) has all m > e; I maXj,k A j.k the required properties. Property (a) is obvious since B is a product of nonnegative functions. In order to check (b) and (c) we rewrite Bas
the summation extending over 1k I 1~ m, .. ,,1 kq 1~ m. Because of the independence of the A/s there is no regrouping of terms having the same frequency and we conclude from (5.15) that 8 ({O}) = the constant term in (5.15) = M(B) = 1, which establishes (b), and
which establishes (c).
Theorem: Let IEAP(R). Then I can be approximated uniformly by trigonometric polynomials Pn E W(f), Since a(J) is countable we can write it as gJ/~ I' For each n let Bn be the polynomial described in the lemma for ~h ... , ~n and F. = l/n. Write Pn = 1* Bn. By 5.17, Pn E W(/) and taking account PROOF:
M
166
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
of (c) above, limP.({e j }) =j(gj}) for every ~;E(J(j). If ~¢;(J(j) we have p.({~}) = j({ ~}) = 0 for all n. It follows that jf g is a limit point of p. in We!), then g( {~}) = j({~}) for all ~ and by the uniqueness theorem g = f. Thus,fis the only limit point of the sequence Pn in the compact space W(j) and it follows that p. converge to f (in norm, i.e., uniformly.) ~ Corollary: Every closed translation iI/variant sub5pace of AP(R) is spanned by exponentials.
5.19 We finish this section with two theorems providing sufficient conditions for functions to be almost-periodic. Though apparently different they are essentially equivalent and both are derived from the same principle. We start with some preliminary definitions and lemmas. For Iz E AP(R), we say, by abuse of language, that h is an almostperiodic pseudo-measure. DEFINITION: A pseudo-measure v is almost-periodic at a point ~o E ft, if there exists a function q; E A(R),
It is clear that v is almost-periodic at ~o if, and only if, I/Iv is almostperiodic for every 1/1 E A(R) whose support is sufficiently close to ~o (e.g., within the neighborhood of ~o on which the function q; above is equal to one). In particular, v is almost-periodic at every ~o ¢,L(v).
Lemma: Let vE :FLoc; and assume that rev) is compact and that v is almost-periodic at every point of L(v). Then v is almost-Periodic.
By a standard compactness argument we see that there exists an '1 > 0 such that I/Iv is almost-periodic for evcry t/I E A(R) which is supported by an interval of length '1. Let t/I j E A(R) have their supports contained in intervals of length '1, j = 1,2, ... , N, and such that I~ t/lj= 1 on a neighborhood of rev). By the assumption concerning the supports of 1/1;, I/Ijl' is almost-periodic for all j, and consequently PROOF:
is almost-periodic.
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
167
5.20 Theorem: Let hE L""(R) and assume that I.(/,) is compact and that h is almost-periodic at every ~ E except, possibly, at ~ = O. Then h EAP(R).
it
5.21 Theorem (Bohr): Let hE Loo(R) and assume that it is differentiable and that h'EAP(R). Then hEAP(R) These two theorems are very closely related. We shall first show how theorem 5.20 follows from 5.21, and then prove 5.21. 5.20: We begin by showing that if I.( iz) is compact, then /'. , = i~1I (see exercise 4.6). LetfES(R) be such that 1m = 1 in a neighborhood of I.(iz). We have fz = Jfi and consequently h = j * h or hex) = fj(x - y) h(y)dy. Since h is bounded and j E S(R) we can differentiate under the integral sign and obtain that h is (infinitely) differentiable and that h' = f' * h. Remembering PROOF OF
h is differentiable and h'
-
/'.
/'.
/'.
that f'(~) = i~ in a neighborhood of I.(Iz), we obtain h' = j'Ji = i~ fi. By theorem 4.1l' there exists a sequence {!PII} in VCR) such that /'. q;n<~) = 0 in a neighborhood of ~ =0, and such that J' 11..f.(R) .... 0
Ii
/'.
II.'F?""
II Til -
This implies (exercise 4.4) that ~nfi - 11' 0, that is, h' is the uniform limit of f[i" * h. Now, since ~" vanishes in a neighborhood of = 0, it follows from 5.19 that !p" * h EAP(R); by 5.7, h' EAP(R), and by 5.21 II E AP(R). ~
e
5.21: Since h is clearly continuous we only have to show that for every e > 0 there exists a constant A(e, h) such that every interval of length A(e, h) contains an e-almost period of h. In view of 5.7 we may consider the real and the imaginary parts of h separately, so that we may assume that h is real valued. Denote PROOF OF
M = sup hex),
(5.16)
r
Let e> O. Let
Xo
and
Xl
m = inf hex). x
bc real numbers such that
(5.17)
we put e1
= ___ 8__
and claim that if r is an 81-almost period of 4l x t - x ol h' then h(xo - r) < In + 8/2. In order to see this we write
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
168
h(x i - 't) - h(xo - 't) =
i
X •
h'(x - 't)dx
%0
=
(5.18)
I
x. h'(x)dx +
IX' (1I'(x -
%0
't) - h'(x»dx
Xo
= hex I) - h(x o) +
i
X•
(h'(x - 't) - h'(x»dx,
Xo
I
and, since the last integral is bounded by x I from (5.17) and (5.18) that hex I
-
Xo
Ie
l
= el4
it follows
e 2
't) - h(xo - 't) > M - m - -
and, remembering that h(xi -'t) ~ M we obtain that h(xo - 't) < m +eI2. We now use the points {xo - r}, where 't is an ed2-almost-period of h' as reference points. Let Al = A(ed2,h') and define e2 by e2 = min(etf2,eI2A I ). We claim that every e2-almost-period of h' is an e-almost-period of h. In order to prove it let x E R and let 't I be an e2 -almost-period of h'; we take 'to to be an eI/2-almost-period of h' such that x ~ Xo - 'to ~ X +A I , and write h(x - 't 1 )
-
+ h(xo -
(5.19)
hex) = hex - 't l ) 'to - 't l
) -
-
h(xo - 'to - 't l )
h(xo - 'to)
h(x o - 'to - 'tt) - h(xo - 'to)
+
+ h(x(j -
'to) - h(x)
LXO- 'O(h'(Y) - h'(y -
T 1»
dy.
'to and 'to + 'tt are both el-almost-periods we have m ~ h(xo - 'to - r.) ~ m + el2 and 111 ~ h(xo - 'to) ~ m + el2 and consequently h(xo - 'to - 't 1) - h(xo - 'to) ~ e12. The integral in e. (5.19) is bounded by e2A I ~ el2 and it follows that h(x-rl)-h(x) Thus, every interval of length A(e2' h') contains an e-almost-period
Since
I
of h and the proof is complete.
I
I
1<
...
5.22 Theorem: Let h EL
This is a corollary of 5.20. The set of points ~ such that Iz is not almost-periodic at ~ is a subset of r.(h) and, by 5.20, has no isolated points. Since a countable set contains no nonempty perfect sets, Ii is almost-periodic at every ~ E R and, by 5.19, h E AP(R). ... PROOF:
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
169
EXERCISES FOR SECl'ION 5 I. Show that I = cos 21rx + cos x is almost-periodic by showing directly that given E > 0, there exists an integer M such that at least one of any M consecutive integers lies within E from an integeral multiple of 21r.
2. Let h EL oo(R). Show that u(h) contains every isolated point of
r.(fz). 3. Let /,g E A P(R). Show that
1* g = :E]( {~} )t({ ~}) i~x . M
4. Let Ie AP(R) and assume that W(f) is minimal in the sense that if he W(f) and h =F 0 then ale W(h) for sufficiently small a. Show that I is a constant multiple of an exponential. 5. Let Ie AP(R) and assume that Show that I' e A P(R) .
If is uniformly continuous.
6. Show that the assumption that r.(h) is compact is essential in the statement of theorem 5.22. Hint: Consider discontinuous periodic functions. 7. Show that in the statement of theorem 5.22, the assumption that r.(h) is compact can be replaced by the weaker condition that h be uniformly continuous. 8. Deduce 5.21 from 5.20. 9. Let P be a trigonometric polynomial on R, and let e> o. Show that the;e exists a positive '1 = I'/(P, e) such that jf Q EL oo(R), II Q II ~ 1 and r.(Q) c (-1'/,1'/), then range(P
+ Q) + (-e,e)
:2 range(P)
+ range(Q).
I Q' II 00 ~ '1; see exercise 4.6. oo 10. Let hE :!FL • ~o E R. and {'In} a sequence tending to zero. Show
H i1lt: The conditions on Q imply that
that if K('In- t(~ - ~o»h tends to a limit (weak-star), then the limit has the form ao~o. Introducing the notation a = h({ ';o}, K, {'In}) show that h( {';o}, K, {'In}) 12 < 00 where the summation extends over all ~o Eft such that weak-star-limn .... co K('1n- 1(.; - ';o»h exists.
LI
11. Let hE :!FLco • Show that for all ';0 E ft, except possibly countably many, weak-star-lim~~oK('1_1(~ - ~o»fi exists and is equal to zero. 12. Show that if h EL
AP(R) s;;; B
170
An Introlduction to Harmonic Analysis
6. THE WEAK-STAR SPlECTRUM OF BOUNDED FUNCTIONS
6.1 Given a function hE L "'(R), we denote by [h] the smallest translation invariant subspace: of L"'(R) that contains II; that is, the span of {hy}yeR' We denote by [h] the norm closure of [h] in LCO(R), and by the weak-star closure of [h] in LOO(R). Our definition 5.9 of the norm spectrum of h is clearly equivalent to
Dilw.
«(1(h) =
g; ei~x E [h ]}
and we define the weak-star spectrum by (1w ••(h) = g;ei~XE[h]w'}'
The problem of weak -star spectral analysis is: given hE L"'(R), find (1w.(h). The problem of weak-star spectral synthesis is: for hE LCO(R), is it true thalt h belongs to the weak-star closure of span {el~X} ~.l1w'(h)? The conesponding problems for the unifonn topology were studied in section 5.. We have obtained some information about (1(h) for arbitrary hand ccomplete information in the case that h was almost-periodic (see (5.6;»; we proved that the norm spectral synthesis is valid for h if, anld only if, hE A P(R). The problem of weakstar spectral analysis adnnits the following answer: Theorem:
For liE LOO(R.), (1",.(11) = r(Ji).
The subspace of Ll(R) orthogonal to [h] is composed of all the functions f E L'(R) satisfying PROOF:
J
f(x)h(x - y) dx
=0
for all yER
which is equivalent to (6.1)
f * fz( - x)
=
o.
We denote this subspace of L'(R) by [h].L. By the Hahn-Banach tlheorem, ej~x E
[hI.•
for allfE [h].l. We thus have an equiwalent definition of common zeros of {j; f E [11t].L} .
if, and only if,
(1
w.(h) as the set of all
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line Assume eo rf:'L(h); if e> Oissmallenough(eo - e,eo + e)n'L(h) and hence iffE VCR) and the support ofl is contained in (eo-e, eo we have
<j,h) = JI(X)h(x)dX
171
=0 + e),
= O.
We claim that I is orthogonal not only to h. but also to all the translates of h. hence to [h]. This follows from (6.2)
J f(x)h(x-y)dx = J I(x+y)h(x)clx,
{1,
and since the Fourier transform of f(x + y) is ei hence supported by (eo - e, eo + e), both sides of (6.2) must vanish. There are many functions 1 in A(R) supported by (eo - e,eo + e) such that l(eo) '# 0; it follows that eo is not a common zero of {!;/E[h].L}, hence eo rf: CTw.(h); this proves CTw.(h) S 'L (h). In the course of the proof of the converse inclusion we shaH need the following lemma, due to Wiener. The proof of the lemma will come in chapter VIIl (see VIII.6.3). Lemma: Assume l,jl EA(R) and assume that the support of II is contained in a bounded interval U on which I is bounded away from zero. Theil II = gl for some gEI!(R).
To prove 'L(h) S CT .....(h), we have to show that if eo if. CTw.(h), then h vanishes in some neighborhood of eo. Now, since eo 1: CTw.(h), there exists a function fE LI(R) ~atisfying (6.1) and such that I(eo) '# 0 and consequently I is bounded away from zero on some neighborhood U of eo. We contend that Ii vanishes in U, a contention that will be proved if we show that if fl E LI(R) and the support of II is contained in U then fl * h( -x) = O. By Wiener's lemma there exists a function g E Ll(R) such that II = ij or equivalently II = g *1. Now fl*h(-x)=(g*/)*h(-x) = g*(f*fi(-:""'x}) =0
and the proof is complete. 6.2 The Hahn-Banach theorem, used as in the foregoing proof, gives a convenient restatement of the problem of spectral synthesis. We introduce first the following notations: if E is a closed set on it we denote
172
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
(6.3)
1(E)
= {.f;fE
V(R),j(~
=0
on E}
and
(6.4)
neE)
= {g; gEL""(R)
and
(J. g)
=
0 for allfE f(E)}.
feE) is clearly the orthogonal complement in VCR) to the span of {ei~Xh e E and n(E) is the ortlnogonal complement in L""(R) of feE).
By the Hahn-Banach theorem neE) is precisely the weak-star closure of span {ei:xh eE and the prOlblem of (weak-star) spectral synthesis for hE L""(R) can be formulmted as: is it true that hE n(uw.(h»? Equivalently, is it true that fOir A(R),
IE
(6.5)
I(~
=0
on
cr1 w .(h) ~
(J. h) = O?
or: is it true that, (/ E A(R» (6.6)
I(~ = 0 om r.(h) :;. jiz
= O?
(The equivalence of (6.5) and «6.6) follows from (6.2).)
Theorem: Let jEA(R) and izEffLcc and assume that I(~)=o on r.(h). Then r.(jh) is a perfect subset ofr.(j) () bdry(r.(iz». By 4.10, r.Uh) £; r.(/) () r.(iz) and since I vanishes on r.(h), no interior point of r.Ch) is in r.(/). Let be an isolated point of r.(jiz); with no loss of generality we may assume =0 and that [-q, '1] contains mo other point of r.(jh). Writing K:(e> = K('l-le) = sup(O, I ;:::J!1- 1e we see that r.(~Jh) = {O} and consequently (see 4.11) K,,/h = ab, a being a constant # 0 and [) being the unit mass concen1trated at e= O. By 4.11' there exists a function g E VCR) such that .t vanishes in a neighborhood of = 0, say in (-'1"T/1)' and such that IIg-fllv(R) < (l a I/2) Illtll~J,(R) (remember thatj(O) =0). Since /I' K;I~ 1, we have g)hll"Lco < lal/2 and, mUltiplying everything b'!y KQt7 we obtain, (remembering that ~ Kq,,~ = 0) I a I = II abll"Loo < I ,a 1/2 which is a contradiction. Thus r. (jlz) has no isolated points amd the proof is complete.
eo
eo
l)
e
I K:u -
Corollary: If r.(fi) has countlC1ble boundary then h admits weakstar spectral synthesis; that is,. hE n(u...(h». We recall that if r.(I;) itself, mnd not just its boundary, is countable, and if h is uniformly continUiOus, then hE AP(R) (theorem 5.22), that is, admits norm spectral synthesis.
173
VI. Fourier Transformations on the Line
Weak-star spectral synthesis is closely related to the structure of closed ideals in A(R), and we shall discuss it further in chapter VIII. In particular, we shaH show that weak-star spectral synthesis in ~Loo is not always possible. 7. THE PALEY-WIENER THEOREMS
7.1 Our purpose in this section is to study the relationship between properties of analyticity and growth of a function on R, and the growth of its Fourier transform on R. The situation is similar to, though not as simple as, the case of functions on the circle. We have seen in chapter I (see exercise 1.4.4) that a function J, defined on T, is analytic if, and only if, J(n) tends to zero exponentially as n co. The simplicity of this characterization of analytic functions on T is due to the compactness of T. If we consider the canonical identification of T with the unit circle in the complex plane (i.e. t ~..+eit), then a function f is analytic on T (i.e., is locally the sum of a convergent power series) if, and only if, f is the restriction to T of a function F, holomorphic in some annulus, concentric and containing the unit circle. This function F is automatically bounded in an annulus containing the unit circle, and the Fourier series of f is simply the restriction to T of the Laurent expansion of F. Considering R as the real axis in the complex plane, it is clcar that a fUJIctionfis analytic on R if, and only if, it is the restriction to R of a Cunction_ F. holornorphic in some domain containing R; however, < a}, this domain need not contain a whole strip {z;z = x + nor need F be bounded in strips around R or on R itself (cf. exercises 1 through 3 at the end of this section). If we assume exponential decrease of J at infinity we can deduce more than just the analyticity of f on R; in fact, writing
1 1-'
iy, Iyl
F(z) =
;11:
f J(e)i~% de,
we see that if J(e) = O(e-"I~I) for some a> 0, F is well defined and holomorphic in the strip {z;jyl < a}, is bounded in every strip {z; IYI < al},a t < a, and, by the inversion fonnulat, FI!!- = f. Under the same assumption we obtain also that, since JE I!(R), f E I!(R);
t
FIR denotes the restriction of F to R.
An rntroduction to Harmonic Analysis
174
and since forlYI
two con-
f is the restriction to R of a functioll F holomorphic in the strip {z; Iy I < a} and sati.~fying
(I)
f
(7.1)
I F(x
+ iy) 12 dx ~ eDI~~ E
(2)
(2)
PROOF:
=;.
const
VCR) .
(1); write
(7.2)
F(z) =
f jWej~: d~'
-~
2n
'
then by the inversion formula FIR = f; F is well defined and! holomorphic in {z; I y < a}, and, by PlanchereI's theorem:
I
JI
F(x
+ iy) 12 dx
=
~1t
f
Ij(e) 12 e2~y d~
~ III eal {lllz2(RJ'
(1),*(2); writef"(x)= F(x + ;y)(thusf = fo), and consider the Fourier transforms lr We want to show that j,(~) = l(Oe-~Y since then, by Plancherel's theorem and (7.1), we would have JI1(~) 12e2~Yde < const for Iy I < a, which clearly implies (2). Notice that if we assume (2') then, by the first part of the proof, we do have j,(~) = j( e) e -~y. For A> 0 and z in the strip {z; y I < a} we put:
I
(7.3)
Giz) = K,,*F
L:
F(z - u)K;.(u) du,
K denoting Fejer's kernel. G" is clearly holomorphic in the: strip {z; Iy I < a} and"""we Anotice that gA,,(X) = G;.(x + iy) = K). *.t;, and hence gA.,W = K;.( ~)J,.( e). Now since gA.y( e) has a compact sl:lpport (contained in [-..1.,..1.]) we havc gA.,.{O = gA.O(e)e-~Y and conseqrucntly if I I < A, j/O = l(~) e -~y. Since A> 0 is arbitrary, the above holds
e
e
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
175
We may clearly replace the "symmetric" conditions of 7. I by unsymmetric ones. Thus the assumption (7.1) for - l I l < Y < a, with a,a l > 0, is equivalent to: (eal~ + e-a~) JEL2(R) For fE U(R) the following two con-
7.2 Theorem (Paley-Wiener): ditions are equivalent:
(1) There exiHs a function F, holomorphic in the upper half-plane {z;y > O}, and satisfying:
f
(7.4)
1F(x
and (7.5)
lim y!O
f
+ iy) 12 dx < const, IF(x
j(~)
(2)
=
+ iy) -
y
>0
f(x)1 2dx = O.
for ~ < o.
0
PROOF: (2) '* (1); define F(z), for y > 0, by (7.2). F is clearly holomorphic, F(x + iy) is the inverse Fourier transform of e -~,. j and, by Plancherel's theorem,
I F(x + iy) I L'(R) =
IIle-~YilL'(R) ~
I j IIv(R)'
which establishes (7.4), and also
I F(x + iy) - f IIO(R) = II/(e -~y as y
1)
I L2(R) -+ 0
J, O.
(1)~->(2);
write fl(X) = F(x
1111 e-~YIIL2(R) =
IIF(x
+ i).
By 7.1:
+ i + iy)IIL2(R)
for -1 < y <
00
and, in particular, by (7.4):
f Ill(OI2e-2~Yd~ ~
(7.6)
const.
Letting y -+ 00, (7.6) clearly implies jl(~) = 0 for ~ < O. By 7.1, the Fourier transform of F(x + iy) is 11(~)ew-Y); hence, by (7.5), j(~)
= jl(~)e~,
and J(~)
=0
for ~ < O.
*7.3 The foregoing proofs yield more information than that ,stated explicitly. The proof of the implication (2) '* (1) also shows that F is bounded for y:S I: > 0 since 11(~)e-{Yld~ is then bounded .. In the proof (1) '* (2) no mention of f is needed nor is the assumptIOn
J
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
176
(7.5); if we simply assume that F is holomorphic in the Upper half-plane and satisfies (7.4), We obtain, keeping the notations of true proof above, that e: E UCR) and, denoting by f the function in I3(R) of which 11 e: is the Fourier transform, we obtain (7.5) as a conse~quence (rather than assumption). The Phragmen-Lindelof theorem a1Bows a further improvement:
11
Lemma: LeI F be holomorphic in a neighborhood of the closed upper half-plane {z; y ~ O} and assume that
f
(7.7)
2
IF(x)1 dx <
00
and
I
I
lim r-1log+ F(ri 8 ) = 0
(7.8)
, .... 00
for all 0 <
e< n.
Then (7.4) is valid.
Let p be continuous with compact support on Rand Write G(z) = p*F = F(z - u)g:(u)dur; then is hoI om orphic in {z; y ~ OJ, satisfies the condition (7.8)" and, on R, t PROOF:
/I p
IILl ~ 1.
G
f':!oo
I
I I FIRIiLl
By the Phragmen-Lindelof theorem we have G(z) ~ throughout the upper half-plane, which means that, if y > 0, IfF(x+iY)'1(-x)dxl;£IIFIRIIL2. This being true for every p(continuous and with compact support) such that ~ 1, it follows that
lip Ilv
7.4 Theorem: LeI F be all el1lire (UIICtiOIl alld a > O. Thefollowing two conditions on Fare equivalelll: (1) E U(R) 0/1(1
FIR
IF(z) I = o(e"lzl)
(7.9)
(2) There exists a function IE L2 CR) , (7.10)
F(z)
=
21 n
lee) = 0 for I~I > a, such that
f" l(~)i~: de. _a
t FIR denotes the restriction of F to R.
177
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line PROOF:
(2):::. (1); if (7.10) is valid we have
IF(z) I ~ I l(Oe-~)lIIL'
f/ 2
Now
and consequently
FIR
which is clearly stricter than (7.9). The square summabiIity of follows from PIancherel's theorem. (1),->(2); assume first that is bounded. The function G(z) = eiaz F(z) is entire, satisfies (7.9) in the upper half-plane, and G(iy) ~ 0 as y ~ 00. By the Phragmen-Lindelof theorem, G is bounded in the upper half-plane and, writing g = G it follows from lemma 7.3 and theorem 7.2 that g is carried by (0,00). Writing I = we clearly have l(e) = gee + a) which implies 1(0 = 0 for < -a. Similarly, considering G 1 = e-iazF, we obtain ](e) = 0 for a and, writing lI(z) = 1/2n: l(e) ei~z de, we obtain, by the inversion theorem, H = so that H = F and (7.10) is established. fn the general case, that is without assuming that F is bounded on R, we consider F./z) = ffJ * F = F(z - u)ffJ{u)du where ffJ is an arbitrary continuous function with compact support. FIp satisfies the conditions in (1) and is bounded on R. Writing lip = F Ip we have lie) = l(e)p(e) and lie) = 0 if ~ a. Since ffJ is arbitrary this impliesl( = 0 for > a and the proof is completed as before. ~
FIR
IR.
e
FIR
J
e>
IR FIR
J
e)
IeI
I I>
IR'
EXERCISES FOR SECTION 7 1. Show that F(z) = I:;=';12-n[(Z + n)2 + n-1r 1 is analytic on R and FIRELI nLoo(R); however, F is not holomorphic in any strip {z;lylO. 2. Show that for a proper choice of the constants {an} and {b n} the function
is entire, GIREL1(R), but G is unbounded on R.
178
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
,-
is entire, H /R ELI nL co(R); however, H is unbounded on any line y = const '# O. 4. Let F be holomorphic in a neighborhood of the strip {z; y ~ a} and assume F(x + iy) 12 dx < const for y ~ a. Show that for z in the interior of the strip: 3. Show that H(z) = e-e
z2
F(z)
II
II
II
=
~-;2n:r
fco (F(U ;: ia) _ F(u .+ ia~) du. -co
5. Let p be a measure on
U -
R,
F(z) =
ta -z
U
+ ra -
supported by [ -
f e-i~z
0,
z
aJ.
Define:
dpW.
Show that F is entire and satisfies F(z) = O(eal)'I). Give an example to show that F need not satisfy (7.9). Hint: F(z) = cos liZ. 6. Let v be a distribution on R, supported by [- a, aJ. Define F(z) = e -i~z dv. Show that F is entire and that there exists an integer N such that
I
as / z
1-+
00.
7. Titchmarsh's cOllvolution theorem: (a) Let F be an entire function of exponential type (Le., F(z) = O(eafzl) for some a > 0) and assume that F(x) ~ I for all real x and that F(iy) is real valued. Assuming that F is unbounded in the upper halfplane, show that the domain D = {z; y > 0, F(z)1 > 2} is symmetric with respect to the imaginary axis, is connected, and its intersection with the imaginary axis is unbounded. Hint: Phragmcn-LindeIOf. (b) Let F t and F2 both have the properties of F in part (a) and denote the corresponding domains by Dl'D Z ' respectively. Show that Dl n D]. '# 0 and deduce that Fl F]. is unbounded in the upper halfplane. (c) Let fj EL 2eit), j = 1,2, and assume that fj are both real valued and carried by [ - a, 0]' Show that if It * 12 vanishes in a neighborhood of ~ = 0, so does at least one of the functions fj. Remark: Titchmarsh's theorem is essentially statement (c) above. The assumption that Ij are real valued is introduced to ensure that the corresponding F j , defined by an integral analogous to (7.10), is real valued on the imaginary axis. This assumption is not essential; in fact, part (c) is an immediate consequence of the Paley-Wiener theorems in the case It = /2 (in which case part (b) is trivial), and the full part (c) can be obtained from it quite simply (see [18J).
I
I
I
179
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line *8. THE FOURIER-CARLEMAN TRANSFORM
We sketch briefly another way to extend the domain of the Fourier transformation. There is no aim here at maximum generality and we describe the main ideas using L"'(R) as an example, although only minor modifications are needed in order to extend the theory to functions of polynomial growth at infinity or, more generally, to functions whose growth at infinity is slower than exponential. For more details we refer the reader to [3].
8.1
For hE C'(R) We write F 1(h,O =
LO", e-i~"h(x)dx
F 2 (1I,0 =
-
, = ~
+ i'1,
'1 > 0
(8.1)
L'" e-i~XIz(x)dx
F l(h, () and F 2(1z, () are clearly holomorphic in their respective domains of definition, and it is apparent from (8.1) that if '1 > 0, then Fl(h,~+i'1)-F2(h,~- i'1) is the Fourier transform of e-~Ixlh. Hence if h EV(R) we obtain
(8.2)
lim (F l(h, ~-o+
e+ i'1) -
F 2(1z,
e- i'1» =
Ii(~)
uniformly. Since e-~Ixlh tends to h in the weak-star topology for any Ii is allowed to be a pseudo-measure and the limit is in the weak-star topology of :F L'" as dual of A(R). Let us consider the case h coV(R). If I is an interval on R disjoint from the support of ft, and D is the disc of which 1 is a diameter, and if we define the function F in D by
hE L"'(R), (8.2) is valid for every hE Lco(R) provided
(11.3)
'I ~ 0, then it follows from (8.2) that F(IJ,O is well defined and continuous in D and it is holomorphic in D" I. It is well known that this implies (e.g., by Morera's theorem) that F(h,O is holomorphic in D. We see that in the case hELl n L"'(R), F 1(11,0 and F 2(II,O are analytic continuations of each other through the complement of L(li) on :R On the other hand, if F l(h, 0, and F 2 (h, 0 are the analytic continuation
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
180
of each other through an open interval I, ,Ii(e) = F1(h, 0 - Fih, () = 0 on I, and I r.I.(Ii) = 0. Denoting by c(h) the set of concordance of (Fl(h,O,Fih,O), that is, the set of p.oints on :it in the neighborhood of which F I(h, () and F 2(h, 0 are amalytic continuations of each other, we can state our result as
Lemma: Assume hE V r. LOOCR); then r(li) is the complement of c(h). 8.2
We now show that the same is true without assuming h EVCR).
Theorem: of c(h).
For every bounded function II, r(Ji) is the complement
PROOF: Let E be a compact subselt of c(h); then, as fl--'O+ Fl(h, (+ ifl) - Fih,( - ifl) --. 0 uniformlly for (EE. If/EACH.) and the support of / is contained in E, then
which proves r(Ji) r. c(h) = 0. The fact that eo ¢ r(h) implies eo E c(h) iis obtained from lemma 8.1 and the following simple lemma about removable singularities:
8.3 Lemma: Let I be an interval on the real line, D the disc in the ( plane of which I is a diameter, F a h())lomorphic function defined in D"-./, satisfying the growth condition (8.5)
Assume that there exists a sequence of fiunctions {<1>J, holomorphic in D, satisfying (8.5) (with a constant independent of j) and such that <1>J{(} ~ F(O in D "-.1. Then F call be extended to afunction holomorphic in D. Let DI be a concentric disc properly included in D and D2 a concentric disc properly included in D 1. Denote by (I' e2 the points of intersection of the boundary of /)11 with I. The functions 2 t<1>iO are uniformly boumded on the boundary of D 1 , hence in D 1 , and consequently <1>j are: uniformly bounded in D 2 • The Cauchy integral formula now shows ahat <1>j converge uniformly in D2 to a holomorphic function which aglrces with F on D2 "-. 1. Since D2 is an arbitrary concentric disc in D, the lemma follows. ~ PROOF:
«( - elt«( - e
vr. Fourier Transforms 8.4
Lemma:
on the Line
181
Let hE L"'(R); thm
IF.(h,ol
~
IF 2(h,OI ~
'1>0 ( = ~ +i'1, '1 < O.
Il h ll",'1-' 11"11",1'11-·
(= ~+i'1,
PROOF:
and similarly for F 2. We can now finish the proof of theorem 8.2. We have to show that if ~o ¢: I.(iz), then ~o E c(h). Assume ~o ¢ I.(h); by lemma 4.7, ~o has an interval I about it which does not intersect I.(hK;) provided }. is large enough (K" = the Fejcr kernel and I.( K,,) = [ - t p., 1/ A]). If D is the disc for which I is a diameter, it follows from lemma 8.1 that the pair (FI(hK",O, F 2 (hK",0) defines holomorphic functions <1>" in D, which clearly converge, as ). -+ 00, to (F,(h,O, Fiiz,m on D"T. By lemma 8.4 we can apply lemma 8.3 and the theorem follows.
m
9. KRONECKER'S THEOREM
9.1 Theorem (Kronecker); Let AI ,A2, ... ,}." be real numbers, independent over the rationals. Let Cil' ••• ,Cin be real lIumbers and e> O. Then there exists a real number x such that
(9.1)
j
= 1,2, ... , n.
Kronecker's theorem is equivalent to Theorem: Let AI' ... , An be real numbers independent over the rationals, AO = 0, and let ao,a., ... ,an be any complex numbers. Then
9.2
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
182
(9.2) We first establish the equivalence of 9.\ and 9.2 and then obtain 9.2 as a limit theorem. PROOF THAT 9.1 * 9.2: Write aj:::: rjei~j, 1'j ~ O. By 9.1, there exist values of x for which ei)j~ - ei(~o-2j)1 is small, j = 1, ... , II. For these values of x, La jei) JX is close to ei~o L~rj' ....
I
9.27- 9. t: Consider the polynomial \ + L~ e - i~J eO.)", and notice that its absolute value can be close to n + 1 only if all the summands are close to I, that is, only if(9.l) is satisfied. .... PROOF THAT
Remark: If )'1' ... , Am 1r are linearly independent over the rationals, 2K we can add the condition e / X - I < f. which essentially means that We can pick x in (9.1) to be an integer. Theorem 9.2 is a limiting case of theorem 9.3", below. The idea in the proof is that used in the proof of lemma V.1.3, that is, the application of Riesz products and of the inequality
I
I
(9.3) which is clearly valid for f, g E AP(R) (see (5.5». Actually, we use (9.3) for polynomials only, in which case the existence of the limit (5.5) and the fact that it equals the constant term are obvious, and this section is essentiaIly independent of section 5. For the sake of clarity we state 9.3 N fir!>t for N = I, as
9.3 Theorem: properties: (a)
""
Let AI' ... ,An be real numbers having the following
- 0,
Cj
= -\,0, I,
=>-
Cj
= 0 for all j.
Ak ,
8j
=
-1,0,1,
=>-
8f
= 0 for j # k.
L, CjA] 1
(b)
i
['./j
=
I
Then, for any complex numbers ai' ... , am (9.4)
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
183
TI• (1 + cos(}.jX + C(j»
g(X) ==
•
g is a nonnegative trigonometric polynomial whose frequencies all
have the form ~>jAj' ej = -1,0,1. By (a), the constant term in g is 1, hence M(g) = g = 1. By (b), the constant term (which is the same as the mean value) of fg is t rj and, by (9.3),
M(I I)
Ii=.
1 "2 j
9.3 N Theorem: ing properties:
Let
L" rj ~ supifl· ~
1
he real numbers having the follow-
}'l' "',}n
n
(a)
)'e).j=O,
°
integers,
lejl ~ N
=> ej =
ej integers,
lejl ~ N
=> ej = 0 for j =P
f.j
"""-
•
for allj.
n
(b)
)' e/j = }'k'
""I Then,for any complex numbers
k.
u., ... ,an ,
Virtually identical to that of 9.3; wc only have to replace g as defined there by PROOF:
n KN(Ajx + a) n
g(x) =
•
reader. It is clear that if )'1, ... , An are linearly independent, the conditions
of 9.3 N are satisfied for all N and consequently we obtain (9.4 N ) for all N, hence (9,2). This completes the proof of theorem 9.2 and hence of Kronecker's theorem. *9.4 The extension of theorem 9.1 to infinite, linearly independent sets presents a certain number of problems, not all of which are solved.
184
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
We restrict our attention to compact linearly independent sets E and ask under what conditions is it possible to approximate uniformly on E every function of modulus 1, by an exponential. The obvious answer is that this is possible if, and only if, E is finite; this follows from Kronecker's theorem ("if") and the fact that uniform limits of exponentials must be continuous on E, and if E is infinite (and compact) not all functions of modulus 1 are continuous ("only if"). We therefore modify our questions and ask under what condition is it possible to approximate uniformly on E every contilluous function of modul us 1 by an exponential. We do not ha ve a satisfactory answer to this question; for some sets E the approximation is possible, for others it is not, and we introduce the following: A compact set E c R is a Kronecker set if every continuous function of modulus 1 on E can be approximated on E uniformly be exponentials. The existence of an infinite perfect Kronecker set is not hard to establish by a direct construction. We choose, however, to prove it by a less dircct method which also may be uscd to obtain finer results (see [14]). DEFINITION:
Theorem: Let E be a perfect totally disconnected set on R. Denote by CR(E) the space of continuous, real-valued fUllctions 011 E. Then there exists a set G of the first categoryt in CR(E) such that every If' E CR(E)'-. G maps E homeomorphically onto a Kronecker set. PROOF: A function If' E CR(E) maps E homeomorphicaIly onto a Kronecker set if, and only if, for every continuous function II of modulus 1 on E and for every e > 0, there exists a real number A. such that
(9.5)
sup
I
eUop(x) -
lI(x)
I<
1:.
xeE
We show first that if we fix hand e, the set of functions If' for which (9.5) holds for an appropriate A. is everywhere dense in CR(E). For this, let tjJ E CR(E) and let 11 > 0. We take A. = 1011-1 and write E as a union of disjoint closed subsets E}, j = 1,···,N, tbe E/s being small enough so that the variation of either h or ei).tjI on E} does not exceed
t II If'
CR(E) is a complete metric space, the metric being determined by the norm 1/00 = Supx"E IIf'(x) I •
185
VI. Fourier Transforms on the Line
&/3. Let e i ' J be a value assumed by h on E j and ei/l J a value as~ 1t and ~ 1t sumed by /;'0/1 on Ej ; we may clearly assume for all j. We now define
letjl
(9.6)
lP(x)
Ipjl
= tjJ(x) + r:.j - pj A.
We have IPE CR(E) and IIIP - tjJ 1I:xl ~ 21t/A < 11; also, checking on each Ej , it is clear that (9.5) holds. It follows that the set G(h, e) of all IP E CR(E) for which (9.5) holds for no A. E R, a set which is clearly closed, is nondense. Taking a sequence of continuolls functions of modulus 1, say {hll}' which is dense in the set of all such functions, and taking a sequence of positive numbers {em} such that em -+ 0, it is clear that G = Un.m G(h ll , em) is of the first category. Also, if IP rf: G, then every hn can be approximated uniformly on E by ei;'
respectively. Show that the closure of the range of II +12 + ... +/" is precisely range (II) + ... + range (III)' Deduce that if 0 E range (lj) for all j, then
Hint: Show that if cI, .... clI are complex numbers, one can find 6 1 ""'£11' the £/s being zero or one, such that L tjCjl > i L 2. Let IE AP(R) and assume that (T(I) is independent over the rationals. Show that is a measure and that II I II 00 = I j I Mdt)' 3. Let IE AP(R) and assume (T(I) £; P-i};'=t. Show that is a measure and that II j I M(R) ~ 211 I I 00' 4. Let AI' ... , An be real numbers. Set Ao = 0 and assume that for any choice of complex numbers ao , ... , an' (9.2) is valid. Show that ).\' ... , An are linearly independent over the rationals. 5. Construct a sequence {Aj} of linearly independent numbers such that Ai -+ 0, and such that Pi} U {o} is not a Kronecker set. 6. Show that every convergent sequence of linearly independent numbers contains an (infinite) subsequence which is a Kronecker set.
I
1
ICil· 1
Chapter VII
Fourier Analysis on Locally Compact Abelian Groups
We have been dealing so far with spaces of functions defined on the circle group T, the group of integers Z, or the real line R (or R). Most of the theory can be carried, without too much effort, to spaces of functions defined on any locally compact abelian group. The interest in such a generalization lies not only in the fact that we have a more general theory, but also in the light it sheds on the "classical" situations. We give only a brief sketch of the theory: proofs, many more facts, and other references can be found in [5], [9], [15J and [24]. 1. LOCALLY COMPACT ABELIAN GROUI'S
A locally compact abelian (LCA) group is an abelian group, say G, which is at the same time a locally compact Hausdorff space and such that the group operations are continuous. To be precise: if we write the group operation as addition, the continuity requirement is that both mappings x -> - x of G onto G and (x, y) - t X + Y of G x G onto G are continuous. For a fixcd x E G, the mappings y -> x + )' is a homeomorphism of G onto itself which takes 0 into x. Thus the topological nature of G at any x EGis the same as it is at O.
Examples: (a) Any abelian group G is trivially an LCA group with the discrete topology. (b) The circle group T and the real line R ~ith the usual topology. (c) Let G be an LeA group and /I a closed subgroup, then H 186
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
187
with the induced structure is an LeA group. The same is true for thc quotient group G/H if we put on it the canonical quotient topology that is, if we agree that a set U in G/ H is open if, and only if, its preimage in G is open. (d) The direct sum of a finite number of LeA groups is defined as the algebraic direct sum endowed with the product topology; it is again an LeA group. (e) The complete direct sum of a family {GO'}, ex E I, of abelian groups is the group of all "vectors" {x 2 } ..€l' xa E GO', where the addition is performed coordinatewise, that is, {xa} + {YO'} = {xa + Ya}. If for all ex E I, G2 is a compact abelian group, the product topology on the complete direct sums make it a compact abelian group. This follows easily from Tychonoff's theorem. If for every positive integer n, Gn is the group of order two, then the complete direct sum of {Gn} is the group of all sequences {cn}, Sn = 0,1 with coordinatewise addition modulo 2, and with the topology that makes the mapping {f.n1-. 2 L sn3-n a homeomorphism of the group onto the classical cantor set on the line. We denote this particular group by D. 2. THE HAAR MEASURE
Let G be a locally compact abelian group. A Haar measure on G is a positive regular Borel mea~ure Jl having the following two properties: (1)
(2)
{leE) < 00 if E is compact; p(E + x) = JI(E) for alI measurable E c G and alI x
E
G.
One proves that a Haar measure always exists and that it is unique up to multiplication by a pO!'itive constant; by abuse of language one may therefore talk about the Haar measure. The Haar measure of G i!' finite if, and only if, G is compact and it is then usuallyt normalized to have total mass one. If G = T or G = Tn the Haar measure is simply the normalized Lebesgue measure. If G = R the Haar measure is again a multiple of the Lebesgue measure. If G is discrete, the Haar measure is usuallyt normalized to have mass one at each point.
t Except when G is finite; it is as usual to introduce the "compact" normalization as it is the "discrete."
188
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
If G is the direct sum of G1 and G2 , the Haar measure of G is the product measure of the Haar measures of G 1 and G2 • The Haar measure on the complete direct sum of a family of compact groups is the product of the corresponding normalized Haar measures. In particular, the Haar measure on the group D defined above corresponds to the well-known Lebesgue measure on the Cantor set, the homeomorphism defined above being also measure preserving. Let G be an LeA group; We denote the Haar measure on G by dx, and the integral of I with respect to the Haar measure by jGI(x)dx or simply jl(x)dx. For I;=;;; p ~ 00 we denote by l!'(G) the l!' space on G corresponding to the Haar measure. One defines convolution on G by (/*g)(y) = jGf(y - x)g(x)dx and proves that if j,gEJJ(G) then f*gEL1(G) and IIf*gllv(G)~ so that Ll(G) is a Banach algebra under convolution. We may define homogeneous Banach spaces on any LeA group G as we did for T or R, that is, as Banach spaces B of locally integrable functions, norm invariant under translation and such that the mappings y --+ hare c0ntinuous from G to B for all IE B. Remembering that for 1 ~ p < 00 the continuous functions with compact support are norm dense in l!'(G), it is clear that l!'(G) is a homogeneous Banach space on G. Let B be a homogeneous Banach space on an LeA group G. Using vector-valued integration we can extend the definition of convolution so that f * g is defined and belongs to B for all IE JJ (G) and g EB
1IfIILI(G)jjgIILI(G)
and show that
111* g liB ~ I f I V(G) I gliB.
DEFINITION: A summability kernel on the LCA group G is a directed family {ka} in JJ(G) satisfying the following conditions:
I IILI(G)
ka < const; (a) (b) /kaCx)dx = 1; (c) if V is an neighborhood of 0 in G, lima/G . . . . y kix) dx = O.
I
I
If {k a } is a summability kernel on G and if B is a homogeneous Banach space on G, then lima ka * g - gliB = 0 for all g E B.
I
3. CHARACfERS AND THE DUAL GROUP
A character on an LCA group G is a continuous homomorphism of G into the mUltiplicative group of complex numbers of modulus 1, that is, a continuous complex-valued function e(x) on G satisfying:
VIT. Fourier Analysis on Locally Compact Abelian Groups
Ie(x) I = 1
and
189
e(x + y) = e(x)~(y).
The set G of all the characters on G is clearly a commutative multiplicative group (under pointwise multiplication). We change the notation and write the group operation of G as addition and replace by <x, or sometimes by i~x. We introduce a topology to G by stipulating that convergence in G is equivalent to uniform convergence on compact subsets of G (the elements of G being functions on G). Thus, a basis of neighborhoods of o in Gis given by sets of the form {~; <x, 11 < e for all x E K} where K is a compact subset of G and e > o. Neighborhoods of other points in G are translates of neighborhhods of o. It is not hard to see that with this topology G is an LCA group; we call it the dual group ofG. For each x E G, the mapping ~ -+ <x, defines a character on G. The Pontryagin duality theorem states that every character on G has this form and that the topology of uniform convergence on compact subsets of Gcoincides with the original topology on G. In other words, if G is the dual group of G, then G is the dual of G.
eex)
e>
I
e> -
e>
Examples: (a) For G = T with the usual topology every character has the form t -+ eint for some integer n, the topology of uniform convergence on T is clearly the discrete topology and T = Z. Similarly, we check i = T; this illustrates the Pontryagin duality theorem. The example G = T hints the following general theorem: The dual group of any compact group is discrete (see exercise 5 at the end of this section). Also: The dual group of every discrete group is compact.
e.
(b) Characters on R all have the form x -+ i~" for some real The dual group topology is the usual topology of the reals and :R is isomorphic to R.
(c) If H is a closed subgroup of an LCA group G, the annihilator of ll, denoted 1l.L, is the set of all characters of G which are equal to 1 on ll. H.L is clearly a closed subgroup of G. If ~EH.L, ~ defines canonically a character on GIH; on the other hand, every character on G/H defines canonically (by composition with the mapping G-+GIH) a character on G. This establishes an algebraic isomorphism between the dual group of GIH and H.L. One checks that this is also a homeomorphism and the dual of GIR can be identified with H.L.
190
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
(d) By (c) above and the Pontryagin duality theorem: the dual group of H.
G/H1.
is
---------.
(e) If G 1 and G2 are LCA groups, then G 1 Et> G 2 can be identified with G1 Et> G2 through «X1>X2)'(~1>~2»
<XI>~l
=
> < X2'~2>'
(f) If G" is a compact abelian group for every C( belonging to some index set I, and if G is the complete direct sum of {G tt }, then G can be identified with the direct sum of {G tt } (with the discrete topology), The direct sum of a family {Ga } of groups is the subgroup of the complete direct sum consisting of those vectors {~tt}tt €I, ~tt E G" such that ~% = 0 in G, for all but a finite number of indices. The dual group of the group of order two is again the group of order two. Consequently, the dual group of the group D introduced above is the direct sum of a sequence of groups of order two. If we identify the elements of D as sequences {en}, en = 0, I, then D is the discrete group of sequences {(n}, (n = 0, I with only a finite number of ones, and
4. FOURIER TRANSFORMS
Let G be an LCA group; the Fourier transform of fE V(G) is defined by
1m
=
L<x,~)
> f(x)dx,
We denote by A( G) the space of all Fourier transforms of functions ----.........
A
~
A
~
in V(G). Since we have (j+g) =f+i andj*g=f*g, A(G) is an algebra of functions on G under the pointwise operations. The functions in A( G) are continuous on G; in fact, an equivalent way to define the topology on G is as the weak topology determined by A(G), that is, as the weakest topology for which all the functions in A(G) are continuous. With the Haar measures on G and G properly normalized one proves inversion formulas stating essentially that f( - x) is the Fourier transform of 1 in some appropriate sense, and literally if f is conti-
VII. Fourier Analysis on Locally Compact Abelian Groups 191 nuous and JE JJ(G). One deduces the uniqueness theorem stating that if fE Ll(G) and j = 0 then I = O. From the inversion formulas one can also prove Plancherel's theorem. This states that the Fourier transformation is an isometry of JJ rdJ(G) onto a dense subspace of L2(G) and can therefore be extended to an isometry of L2(G) onto L2(G). One can now define the Fourier transform of functions in J!(G), 1 < p < 2, by interpolation, and obtain inequalities generalizing the Hausdorff-Young theorem (as we did in VI.3 for the case G = R). We denote by M(G) the space of (finite) regular Borel measures on G. M(G) is a Banach space canonically identified with the dual of Co(G). The fact that the underlying space G is a group permits the definition of convolution in M(G) (analogous to that which we introduced in 1.6 for the case G = T). With the convolution as multiplication M(G) is a Banach algebra. We keep the notation Jl * v for the convolution of the measures Jl and v. JJ(G) is identified as a closed subalgebra of M(G) through the correspondence f ..... Idx. The Fourier (Follrier-Stieltjes) transform of Jl E M(G) is defined by
flW
=
I <x,~>
dJl(x),
For all Jl E M(G), {,l(O is uniformly continuous on G. If Jl = fdx with then fi(~) = j(~). The mapping Jl-> fl is clearly linear and we have Jl *V = flv so that the family B(G) = {p;Jl E M(G)} of all Fourier-Stieltjes transforms is an algebra of uniformly continuous functions on G under pointwise addition and multiplication.
J E V(G),
A function cp defined on G is called po~itive definite if, for every choice of ~1""'~NEG and complex numbers Zl, ••• ,ZN we have :LJ.k = 1 cp{ ~j - ~k) Z jZk ~ O. Weil's generalization of Herglotz-Bochner's theorem states that a function CP{O on G is the Fourier transform of a positive measure on G if, and only if, it is continuous and positive definite. 5. ALMOST-PERIODIC FUNCTIONS AND THE BOHR COMPACTIFICATION
Let G be an LCA group. A function IE L X>(G) is, by definition, set of all translates of f, {ly}y EGis
almost-periodic if the
192
An I ntroduction to Harmonic Analysis
precompact in the norm topology of LOO(G) (compare with VI.5.S). We denote the space of all almost-periodic functions on G by AP(G). One proves that almost-periodic functions are uniformly continuous and are uniform limits of trigonometric polynomials on G (i.e., of finite linear combinations of characters). Since trigonometric polynomials are clearly almost-periodic, one obtains that AP(G) is precisely the closure in LQ)( G) of the space of trigonometric polynomials.
If G is compact we have AP(G) = C(G). In the general Case we consider the groups (G)d' the dual group of G with its topology replaced by the discrete topology, and G, the dual group of (G)4. G is the group of all homomorphisms of G into T, and it therefore contains G (which is identified with the group of all continuous homomorphisms of G into T). One proves that the natural imbedding of G into G is a continuous isomorphism and that G is dense in G. Being the dual of a discrete group, G is compact; we call it the Bohr compactijication 01 G. The Bohr compactification of the real line is the dilal group of the discrete real line and is usually called the Bohr group. Assume IE AP(G); let {Pj} be a sequence of trigonometric polynomials which converges to 1 uniformly. Then, since G is dense in G, {PJ converges uniformly on G (every character on G extends by continuity to a character on G). It follows that f is the restriction to G of lim Pj = FE C(G). Conversely, since every continuous function F on G can be approximated uniformly by trigonometric polynomials, it follows that AP(G) is simply the restriction to G of C(G). EXERCISES I. Let G be an LCA group and 11 the Haar measure on G. Show that jf U is a nonempty open set in G then p( U) > O. Hint: Every compact set E c G can be covered by a finite number of translates of U. 2. Let G be an LCA group and 11 the Haar measure on G. Let H be a compact subgroup. Describe the Haar measure on G/ H. 3. Let Gl and G 2 be compact abelian groups and let G = G l Et> G 2 • Denote by p, Ill' 112 the normalized Haar measures on G, G l , G2 , respectively. Considering Pi' j = 1, 2, as measures on G (carried by the closed subgroups Gi ), prove that
VII. Fourier Analysis on Locally Compact Abelian Groups 193 4. Let G be a compact group and {Hn} an increasing sequence of compact subgroups such that Uf Hn is dense in G. Denote by Il, Iln' respectively, the normalized Haar measure of G, H n , respectively. Considering the Iln'S as measures on G, show that Il. -+ Il in the weakstar topology of measures. 5. Let G be a group and let e1 and e2 be distinct characters on G. Show that
sup xeG
I<x, ~I > -
<x, e2>
I ~ -./3.
Deduce that if G is a compact abelian group, then G is discrete. 6. Let G be a compact abelian group with normalized Haar measure and let E G. Show that
e
if
~ -=
if
e ¥= o.
0
7. Let G be a compact abelian group. Show that the characters on G form a complete orthonormal family in L2(G).
Chapter V III
Commutative Banach Algebras
Many of the spaces we have been dealing with are algebras. We used this fact, implicitly or semi-explicitly, but only on the most elementary level. Our purpose in this chapter is to introduce the reader to the theory of commutative Banach algebras and to show, by means of examples, how natural and useful the Banach algebra setting can be in harmonic analysis. There is no claim, of course, that every problem in harmonic analysis has to be considered in this setting; however, if a space under study happens to be either a Banach algebra, or the dual space of one, keeping this fact in mind usually pays dividends. The introduction that we offer here is by no means unbiased. The topics discus~ed are those that stem to be the most pertinent to harmonic analysis and some very important aspects of the theory of commutative Banach algebras (as well as the entire realm of the noncommutative case) are omitted. As further reading on the theory of Banach algebras we mention [5], [15], [19] and [21]. 1. DEFINITION, EXAMPLES, AND ELEMENTARY PROPERTIES
1.1 DEFINITION: A complex Banach algebra is an algebra B over the field C of complex numbers, endowed with a norm II· I under which it is a Banach space and such that (1.1)
Ilx)'11
~
Ilx1111Y11
for any x, Y E B.
Example:,: (1) The field C of complex numbers, with the absolute value as norm. 194
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
195
(2) Let X be a compact Hausdorff space and C(X) the algebra of all continuous complex-valued functions on X with pointwise addition and mUltiplication. C(X) is a Banach algebra under the supremum norm (also referred to as the sup-norm)
I rII."
(1.2)
=
sup I!(x)
xeX
I·
(3) Similarly, if X is a locally compact Hausdorff space, we denote by Co(X) the sup-normed algebra (with pointwise addition and multiplication) of all continuous functions on X which vanish at infinity (i.e., the functions ffor which {x; I!(x) ~ e} is compact for all e > 0). (4) Cn(T)-the algebra of all n-times continuously differentiable functions on T with pointwise addition and multiplication and with the norm
I
llfllc
n
=
i
:~maxlfj)(t)1
o J.
t
(5) I/C(D)-the algebra of all functions holomorphic in D (the unit disc {=; z 1}) and continuous in D, with pointwise addition and multiplication and with the sup-norm. (6) V(T)--with pointwise addition and the convolution as multiplication (1.1.8) and with the norm Condition (1.1) is proved in theorem 1.1.7. Similarly-V(R). (7) M(T)-the space of (Borel) measures on T with convolution as multiplication and with the norm (see 1.7). Similarly-M(R). (8) The algebra of linear operators on a Banach space with the standard multiplication and the operator norm. (9) Let B be a Banach space; we introduce to B the trivial multiplication xy = 0 for all x, y E B. With this multiplication B is a Banach algebra.
I 1<
I IIJ.I'
I IIM(T)
All the foregoing examples, except (8), have the additional property that the multiplication is commutative. In all that follows we shall deal mainly with commutative Banach algebras. 1.2 In all the examples except for (3), (6), and (9), the algebras have a unit element for the multiplication: the number 1 in (1); the function f(x) = 1 in (2), (4), and (5); the unit mass at the origin in (7); and the identity operator in (8). It is clear from r. 1.7 that if fE VeT) were a unit element, we would have J(n) = 1 for all 11, which, by the Rie-
196
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
mann-Lebesgue lemma is impossible; thus V(T) does not have a unit. Let B be a Banach algebra. We consider the direct sum BI = B$ C, that is, the set of pairs (x, A), x E B, AE C; and define addition, multiplication, scalar multiplication and norm in BI by: (X., AI)
+(X2,A2) = (Xl +X2,A I +A2)
(X., AI )(X2. A2) A(X\,A J)
I (x, A) I B1
(h .. All)
IIxIIB+ IAI·
It is clear, by direct verification, that BI is a Banach algebra with a unit element (namely (0,1». We now identify B with the set of pairs of the form (x,O), which is clearly an ideal of codimension 1 in B I • We say that BI is obtained from B by a formal adjoining of a unit
element; this simple operation allows the reduction of many problems concerning Banach algebras without a unit to the corresponding problems for Banach algebras with unit. If B is an algebra with a unit element we often denote the unit by 1 and identify its scalar multiples with the corresponding complex numbers. Thus we write "1 E B" instead of HB has a unit element," and so on. This notation will be used when convenient and may be dropped when the unit element has been identified differently. 1.3 Every normed algebra, that is, complex algebra with a norm satisfying (1.1) but under which it is not necessarily complete, can be completed into a Banach algebra. This is done in the same way a normed space is completed into a Banach space. If Bo is a normed algebra, we denote by B the space of equivalence classes of Cauchy sequences in B o, determined by the equivalence relation:
{XII} '" {YII}
if, and only if,
I
lim XII - y" /I = O.
One checks immediately, and we leave it to the reader, that if {XII} '" {x~} and {YII} '" {y~}, then {x" + YII} '" {x~ + y~}, {hll} '" {h~}, {x"y.} '" {x.:.v~} and limn~oo /I XII = lim 1/ x~ hence we can define addition, scalar multiplication, mUltiplication, and norm in B as follows: for x, Y E B, let {XII} (resp. {y.}) be a Cauchy sequence in the equivalence class X (resp. y), then X + Y (resp. Ax, xy) will be the equivalence class containing {XII + YII} (resp. {h.. }, {x"y.}) and ~ x ~ is,
I
II;
197
VIlI. Commutative Banach Algebras
I II.
by definition, lim" .... ", XII With these definitions, B is a Banach algebra and the mapping which associates with an element a E Bo the equivalence class of the "constant" sequence {xn}, X" = a for all n, is an isometric embedding of Bo in B as a dense subalgebra. 1.4 The condition (1.1) on the norm in a Banach algebra implies the continuity of the multiplication in both factors simultaneously. Conversely:
I I
Theorem: Let B be an algebra with unit and with a norm under which it is a Banach space. Assume that the multiplication is continuous in eachJactorseparafely. Then there exists a norm equivalent to Jor which (1.1) is valid.
I II',
I II,
PROOF: By the continuity assumption, every x E B defines a continuous linear operator Ax: y --. xy on B. If x i= 0, AxCI) = x, and consequently Ax i= 0; also AXO>:2(Y) = X\X2Y = A x ,(x2Y) = Ax,Ax,(Y), hence the mapping x --. Ax is an isomorphism of the algebra B into be the the algebra of all continuous linear operators on B. Let induced norm, that is,
I II'
I II' = I Ax I
(1.3)
X
= sup
11,11 <1
I xy I
I II'
then is clearly a norm on B and it clearly satisfies (1.1). We also remark that
I x II' ~ 111 11- 111 x I
(1.4)
(take y = III 11- in (1.3» and, consequently, if x" is a Cauchy sequence in it is also a Cauchy sequence in and so converges to some Xo in B. We contend now that lim XII - Xo = 0 which is the same as lim AXn - Axo = O. This follows from: (a) {AxJ is a Cauchy sequence in the algebra of linear operators on B hence converges in norm to some operator Ao; (b) Ax"Y = X"y --. XoY = AxoY for all y E B (here we use the continuity of xy in x). It follows that Ao = Axo and the contention is proved. We have proved that B is complete under the norm and since the two norms, and are comparable ~ (1.4), they are in fact equivalent (closed graph theorem). 1
I II',
I
I II,
I
I
I II',
I I
II'
II'
I II'
III II'
Remark: The norm II has the additional property that = 1; hence there is no loss of generality in assuming as we shall henceforth do implicitly, that whenever 1 E B. J II = 1.
I
198
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
1.5 Theorem: Let B be a commutative Ballach algebra and let I be a closed ideal ;11 B. The quotiellt algebra Bil endowed with the canonical quotient norm is a Banach alKebra. The only thing to verify is the validity of (1.1). Let 8> 0, let x,ji E BII and let x, y E B be representatives of the cosets x, y, PROOF:
respectively, such that 1/ x xy EXY and consequently
and
'I < 1/ x" + c, 1/ y"
< 1/
Y" + c.
We have
Ilxyll ~ IlxYI/ ~ Ilx!1 II.v11 ~ I/xll IlyII +8(I/Xl/ + 115'1/)+82 since 8>0 is arbitrary, IlxY/I ~ IlxlIIIYII.
EXERCISES FOR SECTION 1 I. Verify condition (1.1) in the case of c"(T) (example 4 above). 2. Let B be a homogeneous Banach space on T, define multiplication in B as convolution (inherited from LI(T». Show that with this multiplication B is a Banach algebra. 3. Let X be a locally compact. noncompact, Hausdorff space and denote by X 00 its one-point compactification. Show that C( X 00) is isomorphic (though not isometric) to the algebra obtained by formally adjoining a unit to Co( X). 4. Let B be an algebra with two consistent norms (see IV.I.I). II 110 and /I III' Assume that both these norms are multiplicative (Le., satisfy condition (1.1). Show that all the interpolating norms II IIa, o < a: < 1 (see I V.1.2), are multiplicative. Hint: PJ is a normed algebra and PJa are ideals in :J$.
2. MAXIMAL IDEALS AND MULTIPLICATIVE UNEAR FUNCTIONALS
2.1 Let B be a commutative Banach algebra with a unit 1. An element x E B is invertible ifthere exists an element X-I E B such that xx- 1 = 1. Lemma: Consider a Banach algebra B with a IInit t. Let x and assume 1/ x < 1. Then x is invertible alld
til
(2.1)
X-I
=
!
E
B
(l - x)j.
j=O
PROOF:
By (l.l). 1/ (l - x)jll ~
1/ 1 -
x IIj; hence the series on the
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
199
right of (2.1) converges in B. Writing x = 1 - (1 - x) and multiplying term be term we obtain x L:J=o(1 - x)i= 1. ~ 2.2
I
Lemma: Let x E B be invertible and y - x < x-Ill-I. Then y is invertible and
I
I
-\ - x -1'"
y
E
B
satisfying
00
(2.2)
Y
-
L
(1 -x -\)J Y .
j=O
PROOF: X
-1
Ill-x-1yll;;; 11x-lllllx-yll.
Apply
lemma
2.1 to
y.
~
Corollary: Tile set U of invertible elements in B is open and the fllnetioll x_x- 1 is continuous Oil U. PROOF:
by(2.2)
We only need to check the continuity, Let =x- 1 IJ=1(1-x- 1}/;hence
XE
U, y-x;
y - l _ X -\
IiY -I - X-I I ;;; ~ I X-I Ilj + I I x- y I
j ;;;
211 x-lin x -
y
I
j=1
2.3 DEI'lN\TlON: The resohent set R(x) = Rix) of an clement x in a Banach algebra B with a unit is the set of complex numbers A. such that x - A is invertible. Lemma: For xEB, R(x) is open and F().)=(X-J.)-I is a Itolomorphic B-valued function on R(x).
This is again an immediate consequence of lemma 2.2. R(x) and A is close to A. o, it follows from (2.2) that
PROOF:
If Ao E
(2.3) is the ex.pansion of (x - A)-l to a convergent power series in J. - AO with coefficients in B. ~ 2.4
Lemma:
R(x) call never be the elltire complex plalle.
Assume R(x) = C. The function (x - A)-I is an entire B-valued function and as I).1 ~ IX) PROOF:
200
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
It follows from Liouville's theorem (see the appendix) that (X_).)-l == 0,
which is impossible.
...
Theorem (Gel/and-Mazur): A complex commutative Banach algebra which is a field is isomorphic to C. PROOF: Let xEB,..1. a complex number ;.¢:R(x); then x -). is not invertible and, since the only noninvertible element in a field is zero, x = 2. Thus, having identified the unit of B with the number 1, B is canonically identified with C. ...
2.5 We now turn to establish some basic facts about ideals in a Banach algebra.
Lemma: Let 1 be an ideal in all algebra B with a unit. Then I is contained in a maximal ideal. Consider the family .I of all the ideals in B which contain 1. of is partially ordered by inclusion and, by Zorn's lemma, contains a maximal linearly ordered subfamily .10 , The union of all the ideals in .f0 is a proper ideal, since it does not contain the unit element of B, and it is clearly maximal by the maximality of .10 , ... PROOF:
Remark: The condition 1 E B in the statement of the lemma can be relaxed somewhat. For instance, if 1 c: B is an ideal and if U E B is such that (u,I)-the ideal generated by u and I-is the whole algebra, then u belongs to no proper ideal containing 1, and the union of all the ideals in .10 (in the proof above) is again a proper ideal since it does not contain u. 2.6 DEfiNITION: The ideal 1 c: B is regular if B has a unit modI; that is, jf there exists an element u E B such that x - UX E 1 for all
xEB. If B has a unit element, every I c: B is regular. If 1 is regular in B and u is a unit mod 1 then, since for every x E B, x = ux + (x - ux), we see that (u,I) = B. Using the remark 2.5 we obtain:
Lemma: Let 1 be a regular ideal in an algebra B. Then 1 is contained ill a (regular) maximal ideal. 2.7
Lemmas 2.5 and 2.6 did not depend on the topological structure
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
201
of B. If B is a Banach algebra with a unit it follows from lemma 2.1 that the distance of 1 to any proper ideal is one, and consequently the closure of any proper ideal is again a proper ideal; in particular, maximal ideals in B are closed. Our next lemma shows that the same is true even if B does not have a unit element provided we restrict our attention to regular maximal ideals.
Lemma: Let 1 be a regular ideal in a Banach algebra B. Let u be a unit mod I. Then dist(u,/) ~ 1. PROOF: We show that if v E B and hence v ¢ I. For x E B we have <Xl
(2.4)
x=
(
L(u-v/x -
I u - v I < 1,
<Xl)
+
then (1, v)
= B;
v,L<Xl (u-v'Yx.
U 2(u-vYx 0 0 0
The difference (2:(u - v)ix) - u(2:(u - v)ix) belongs to 1 since u is a unit modl, and the third term is a multiple of v; hence (I, v) = Band the lemma is proved. ~
Corollary:
Regular maximal ideals in a Banach algebra are closed.
2.8 DEFINITION: A multiplicative Iillear junctional on a Banach algebra B is a nontrivialt linear functional w(x) satisfying
w(x y)
(2.5)
=
w(x)w(y),
x,y EB.
Equivalently, it is a homomorphism of B onto the complex numbers. We do not require in the definition that w be continuous-we can prove the continuity:
Lemma: .Multiplicative linear junctiollals are continuous and have norms bounded by 1. Let w be a multiplicative linear functional; denote its kernel by M. M is clearly a regular maximal ideal and is consequently closed. The mapping x -+ w(x) identifies «anonically the quotient althe norm induced on C gebra BI M with C, and if we denote by by BIM, we clearly have A = for all By (1.1), IIlll'~1 and hence ~ for all it follows that for any PROOF:
x E B,
t
I Ii' 1/11I'\A.\ IA.I IIAII' AEC; \ w(x) I ~ I w(x) II' ~ I x II·
I II'
A linear functional which is not identically zero.
A.E C.
202
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
Theorem: The mapping w --+ ker(w) defines a one-one correspondence between the nlllltiplicatit'e linear functionals on B and its regular maximal ideals. PROOF: A multiplicative linear functional w is completely determined by its kernel M: if XEM then w(x) =0: if x¢:M,w(x) is the unique complex number for which x 2 - w(x)x E M. On the other hand, if M is a regular maximal ideal in a commutative Banach algebra B, the quotient algebra BI AI is a field. Since M is closed BI M is itself a complex Banach algebra (theorem 1.5), and by theorem 2.4, BIM is canonically identified with C. Jt follows that the mapping B --+ BI M is a multiplicative linear functional on B.
Corollary:
Let B be a commutative Banach algebra with a unit element. An element x E B is invertible if, and only ((, w(x) "# 0 for every multiplicative linear functional on B.
If x is invertible w( x)w(x- I ) = t for every multiplicative linear functional w, hence w(x)"# O. If x is not invertible then xB is a proper ideal which by lemma 2.5, is contained in a maximal ideal M. Since x = X· I E xB s; M it follows that w(x) = 0 where w is the multiplicative linear functional whose kernel is M. PROOF:
2.9 At this point we can already give one of the nicest applications of the theory of Banach algebras to harmonic analysis.
Theorem (Wiener):
Let fE A(T) and assume that f vanishes where on T; thell f-I E A(T).
110-
PRoor: We have seen in 1.6.1 that A(T) is an algebra under pointwise multiplication and that the norm YO
IlfIIA(T)
li(n)1 ...... -·r
= )'
is multiplicative. Since A(T) is clearly a Banach space (isometric to (1), it follows that it is a Banach algebra. Let w be a multiplicative linear functional on A(T); denote i. = w(e il ) (the value of w at the function e ilE ACT»). Since II e iIIIA(T) = t it follows from lemma 2.8 that A ~ 1; similarly we obtain that }._I = w«il)-I) ilo = wee-it) satisfies ~ J, and consequently = t, that is A. = e for some to. By the multiplicativity of w, w(i"l) = ei"'O for all n; by the linearity, w(P) = P(to) for every trigonometric polynomial P; and
II l.ell
1).1
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
203
by the continuity, w(f) = f(lo) for all f E A(T). It follows that every mUltiplicative linear functional on A(T) is an evaluation at some to E T; every to E T clearly gives rise to such a functional and we have thus identified all multiplicative linear functionals on A(T). LetfE A(T) such thatf(t) i= 0 for all lET. By corollary 2.8,fis invertible in A(T), that is, there exists a function g E A(T) such that get)} (t) = 1 or equi~ valently f- 1 E A(T). 2.10 The algebra A(T) is closely related to A(R) and theorem 2.9 can be used in determining the maximal ideals of A(R) (or, equivalently, Li(R»; this can also be done directly and our proof below has tIle advantage of applying for many convolution algebras (see also exercise 4 at the end of this section). Theorem: Every multiplicative linear functional form f -+ l(~o) for some ~o E R.
011
VCR) has the
PROOF: Let IV be a multiplicative linear functional on VCR). As any linear functional on Li(R), w has the form w(f) = f(x)h(x) dx for some hE L"'(R). We have
J
w(f * g)
=
ff
f(x -
y)g(y)h(.~) dy dx =
w(f)w(g) = f }(x)h(x)dx
f g(y)Ji(J~)dy
=
ff
f(x)g(y)Jz(x
+yjdxdy
f fl(X)g(y)H(x}/,-(y) dx dy
By the multiplicativity of wand the fact that the linear combinations of the form IfJx)giY) , fj, gj E V(R) are dense in VCR x R), it follows that hex + y) = h(x)h(y) almost everywhere in R x R. Thus (see exercise VI.4.7) hex) = el{o< for some ~o E ft, and w(f) = j(~o). ~
2.11 We shall use the term ''junction algebra" for algebras of continuous functions on a compact or locally compact Hausdorff space with pointwise addition and multiplication. lt is clear that if B is a runction algebra on a space X and if x E X, then f -+ lex) is either a multiplicative linear functional on B, or zero, and consequently (lemma we have Il(x) I ~ Ilfll 2.8) if B is a Banach algebra under a norm for all x E X and fE B.
I II,
2.12 Let B be a function algebra on a locally compact Hausdorff space X and assume that for all x E X there exists a function fEB such that f{x) "# O. Denote by Wx the multiplicative linear functional
204
An Introduction to Hannonic Analysis
f -+ f(x). Recall that B is separating on X iffor any Xt>X2 E X, Xl :¢: x 2 , there exists an fE B such that f(XI) :¢: f(X2); this amounts to saying that if Xl :¢: X2 then wx , :¢: wX2 • Thus, if B is separating on X and not all the functions in B vanish at any X EX, the mapping X -+ wx identifies X as a set of multiplicative linear functionals on B. In general we obtain only part of the set of multiplicative linear functionals as wx • X E X (see exercise 6 at the end of this section); however, in some important cases, every multiplicative linear functional on B has the form Wx for some XEX. We give one typical illustration. DEFINITION: A function algebra B on a space X is self-adjoint X if whenever fEB then alsojEB(where j(x)=i(x».
011
A function algebra B on a space X is inverse closed if lEB and whenever fEB andj(~):¢:O for all XEX, thenf-IEB. DEFINITION:
Thus we can restate theorem 2.9 as: "A(T) is inverse closed."
Theorem: Let B be a separating, self-adjoint, inverse-closed function algebra on a compact Hausdorff space X. Then every multiplicative linear functional on B has the form Wx (i.e., f -+ f(x» for some XEX.
If we denote Mx = {j;J(x) = O}, or equivalently ker(wx), then, by theorem 2.8, the assertion that we want to
PROOF:
Mx = prove is equivalent to the assertion tbat every maximal ideal in B has the form M x for some X EX. We prove this by showing that every proper ideal is contained in at least one M",. Let I be an ideal in B and assume I $ M x for all X EX. This means that for every x EX there exists a function f E I such that J(x) :¢: O. Since f is continuous, f(y) :¢: 0 for all y in some neighborhood Ox of x. By the compactness of X we can find a finite number of points Xl , ••• ,XII with corresponding iJEI and neighborhoods OJ, i = l, ... ,n, such that X=U~Oj and such thatf,{y):¢: 0 for y E OJ. The function q; = L tjjfj belongs to I, is positive on X, and since B is assumed to be inverse c1osed,q; is invertible and lEI, that is, I = B. • Corollary: Let X be a compact Hausdorff space. Then every multiplicative linear functional on C(X) has the form Wx (i.e., f -+ f(x» for some XEX.
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
205
EXERCISES FOR SECTION 2
t. Use the method of the proof of 2.9 to determine all the multiplicative linear functionals on C(T). 2. The same for C"(T). Hint: II eimt lien = O(m"). 3. Check the results of exercises 1 and 2 using 2.12. 4. Let G be an LCA group, and let B denote the convolution algebra L1(G). Show that every multiplicative linear functional on B has the form f -+ J(y) for some Y E G. Hint: Repeat the proof of 2.10. 5. Determine the multiplicative linear functionals on HC(D) (see section 1, example 5). 6. Let B be the sup-norm algebra of all the continuous functions f on T such that J(n) = 0 for all negative integers n. Show that B is a separating function algebra on T; however, not every multiplicative linear functional on B has the form W t for some t E T. Hillt; What is the relationship between Band HC(D)? 7. Show that a commutative Banach algebra B may have 110 multiplicative linear functionals (hint: example 9 of section 1); however, if 1 E B, B has at least one such functional. 8. Determine the multiplicative linear functionals on Co( X), X being a locally compact Hausdorff space. 3. THE MAXIMAL-IDEAL SPACE AND THE GELFAND REPRK'iENTATION
3.1 Consider a commutative Banach algebra B and denote by Wl the set of all of its regular maximal ideals. By theorem 2.8 we have canonical identification of every ME 9R with a mu1tiplicative linear functional, and hence, by lemma 2.8, we can identify 9Jl with a subset of the unit ball U* of B*-the dual space of B. This identification induces on 9Jt whatever topological structure we havc on U*, and two important topologies come immediately to mind: the norm topology and the weak-star topology. We limit our discussion of the metric induced on 9R by the norm in B* to exercises 1-3 at the end of this section and refer to [6J for a more complete discussion. The topology induced on 9R by the weak-star topology on B* is more closely related to the algebraic properties of B; we shall refer to it as the weak-star topology 011 Wl. Lemma: 9Jt U {OJ is closed ill U* in the weak-star topology. If 1 E B then 9'R is closed.
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
206
In order to prove the first statement we have to show that if Uo E 9J1. then uo(xy) = uo(x)uo(Y) for all x, y E B. From this it would follow that either Uo E m or 110 = O. Let e> 0, x, y E B and consider the neighborhood of Uo in U* defined by PROOF:
I
I
I
I
I
I
(3.1) {II; u(x) - uo(x) < e, u(y) - uo(y) < e, u(xy) - uo(xy) < e}; Since uoE9J1 there exists a = w(x)w(y) we obtain
WE
9Jl in (3.1), and remembering that
w(xy)
I
luoC x )') - 1I0(X)Uo(Y) ~ e(l
+ I xII + I y II)·
Since e> 0 is arbitrary, lIoCxy) = uo(x)lIo(y)· In order to prove the second statement we have to show that if 1 E B, 0 ¢: 9Jt Since w(l) = 1 for all w E ~r.n, it follows that {u; u(l) < U is a neighborhood of 0 disjoint from and the proof is complete. ~
I
I
m
Since V*, with the weak-star topology, is a compact Hausdorff space, it follows that the same is true for 9J1 U {O} or, if 1 E B, for 9Jt This is sufficiently important to be stated as:
Corollary: 9R, with the weak-star topology, is a locally compact Hausdorff space. If 1 E B then m is compact. We shall see later (see theorem 3.5) that in some cases the compactness of 9J1 implies 1 E B. However, considering example (9) of section 1, We realize that 9Jl may be compact (as a matter of fact empty!) for algebras without unit. The reader who feels unconvinced by an example consisting of the empty set should refer to exercise 4 at the end of this section. 3.2 For x E Band ME 9J1 we now write i(M) = x mod M (i.e., the image of x under the multiplicative linear functional corresponding to M). By its definition, the weak-star topology on 9Jl is the weakest topology such that all the functions {:?(M); x E B} are continuous.
Lemma: If 1 E B, the mapping x one of B into C(9.n).
~i
is a homomorphism of norm
The algebraic properties of the mapping are obvious. For every ME 9Jl and x E B. I·~(M) I ~ il x I (lemma 2.8) and hence sup\ll i(M) ~ x On the other hand [(M) = 1 and the norm of the mapping is not smaller than one. ~ PROOF:
I I II.
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
207
B, the set {M; Ix(M) 1 ~ e} is compact in -+ is a homomorphism of norm at most one, of B into C o(9J1). The subalgebra Jj of C(9)l) (resp. C o(9J1» obtained as the image of B under the homomorphism x -+ is called the Gelfand representation of B. The function i(M) is sometimes referred to as the Fourier-Gelfand transform of x.
If we do not assume t
E
9'R for every x E Band e > 0; consequently x
x
x
In many cases we can identify the weak-star topology on ~m concretely in virtue of the following simple fact (cf. [15J, p. 6): let 'T I> 'T2 be Hausdorff topologies on a space 9Jl and assume that 9Jl is compact in both topologies and that the two topologies are comparable; then 'T 1 = t2. In our case this means that if 1 E B and if t is a Hausdorff topology on 9)1 in which 9'R is compact, and such that all the functions i(M) in 13 are 'T-continuous, then, since the weak-star topology is weaker than or equal to 'T, the two are equal. Bya formal adjoining of a unit we obtain, similarly, that if 1 rf: Band 'T is a Hausdorff topology on 9Jl such that 9Jl is locally compact and 13 S; C o(9Jl, r), then r is the weak-star topology on 9Jl.
3.3
3.4
The radical, Rad (B), of a commutative Banach algebra B is the intersection of all the regular maximal ideals in B. DEfiNITION:
Rad (B) is clearly a closed ideal in B and is the kernel of the homomorphism x -+ x of B onto E. The radical of B may coincide with B (example 9 of section \) in which caSe we say that B is a radical algebra; it may be a nontrivial proper ideal, Of it may be reduced to zero. 3.5 DEFINITION: A commutative Banach algebra B is semisimple if Rad (B) = O. Equivaleptly: B is semisimple if the mapping x -+ x is an isomorphism.
3.6
DEFINlI'ION:t
I x lisp,
is
SUPM
The spectral norm of an element x
E
B, denoted
e!ln Ii(M) I·
The spectral norm can be computed from the B norm by: Lemma:
I x lisp
=
lim n'"
I x· 111/11 .
0Ci
t The origin of the term is in the fact that the sct of complcx numbers Afor which x-i. is not invertible (assuming 1 EB) is commonly called "the spectrum of x" and the spectral norm of x is defined as sup I }.I for}. in the spectrum of x. By the corollary 2.8, the spectrum of x coincides with the range of x(M). which justifies our definition; we prefer to avoid using the much abused word "spectrum" in any sense other than that of chapter VI.
208
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
PROOF:
equal to
The contention is that the limit on the right exists and is This follows from the two inequalities:
II x lisp-
x lisp ~ lim infll x" 11 1 /" ;
(a)
II
(b)
I xlisp ~ lim sup II x"lI
l
/" •
I
I II,
We notice first that for every n. II x lI:p = x" lisp ~ x" that is, 1 ~ Ii x" 11 /", which proves (a). In the proof of (b) we assume first that 1 E B, and consider (x - ),)-1 as a function of A.. By lemma 2.3, (x - ).)-1 is holomorphic for
II x lisp
IAI > I x I 'P'
If
IAI > I x I
(x - ,1)-1
=
we have
-rl(1- X/),)-1
= -. r I
2 x "A -II,
and if F is any linear functional on B,
«x - ).)-I,F) =
-A -1
2 <x",F)r"
Ii. i
I
is holomorphic, hence convergent for > Ii x 1I.,p· Pick any), ::;. x lisp; then
xliII
I II,p,
Corollary: PROOF:
x x
E
Rad(B)
E Rad (B)
¢>
¢>
lim II x" Ill/II = O.
Ii x lisp
= O.
3.7 Lemma 3.6 allows a simple characterization of the Banach algebras for which the spectral norm is equivalent to the original norm. Such an algebra is clearly semisimple, and the Gelfand representation identifies it with a (uniformly) closed subalgebra of the algebra of all continuous functions on its maximal ideal space.
Theorem:
A necessary alld sufficient condition for the equivalence
I lisp
I I
of and the original norm of a Banach algebra B is the existellce of a constant K such that II x 112 ~ K II x211 for all x E B.
I I
KIll lisp
K1211x
If ~ then IIxl12 ~ Kfllxll;p~ 11; this establishes the necessity. On the other hand, if the condition above is satisfied, PROOF:
2
209
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
Kl/21Ix 2111/2 ~ Kl/2+1/41Ix4111/4 ~ ~ .,. ~ K 1 /2+I/4+ ... +2- I X2n 112by lemma 3.6, I x I ~ KI x lisp'
!lxll
~
n
and,
n
,
~
3.8 DEFINITION: A commutative Banach algebra B is self-adjoint if jj is self-adjoint on the maximal ideal space 9J1.
Remark: Notice the specific reference to the maximal ideal space. The algebra of functions defined on the segment [ = [0, 11 which are restrictions to I of functions holomorphic on the unit disc and continuous on the boundary (i.e., of functions in HC(D», is self-adjoint as a function algebra on I. As a Banach algebra it is isomorphic to HC(D) which is not self-adjoint. (See also exercise 11 at the end of this section).
Theorem:
Let B be se{f-adjoill/ with unit and assume that there exists ~K for all E B. Theil jj = C(9J1). a constant such that x
K
I 112
I x211
x
PROOF: By the Stone-Weierstrass theorem B is dense in C(9J1), and by 3.7 it is uniformly closed. ~
II
3.9 Let F(z) = ~>nzn be a holomorphic function in the disc z < R and x an element in a Banach algebra B such that x lisp < R. It folconverges in B (if 1 if: B, lows from lemma 3.6 that the series we assume a o = 0) a"nd we denote its sum by F(x). If M is a maximal /'.. ideal in B, we clearly have F(x)(M) = F(.i(M». Instead of power series expansion, We can use the Cauchy integral formula:
Z>"x"
I
Theorem: Assume 1 E B. Let F be a complex-valued function, holomorphic in a regiont G in the complex plane. Let x E B be .\lIch that the range ofx is contained in G. Let y be a dosed rect~fiablecurvet in G, enclosing the range of x, alld whose index with respect to any .i(M), ME 9J1, is one, and is zero with respect to any point outside G. Then the integral (3.2)
F(x)
1 = --:2m
J- -- -
F(z) dz
yz- x
is a well-defined element in Band /'.. (3.3) F(x)(M) = FU(M» for all ME ~t t Not ncce~sarily connected!
210
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
The integrand is a continuous B-valued function of "', hence (3.2) is well defined and (3.3) is valid. ~ PROOF:
Remarks: (a) The element F(x) defined by (3.2) does not depend on the particular choice of y. Also, it can be shown, using the Cauchy integral (3.2) . that for a given x E B. the mapping F -+ F(x) is a homomorphism of the algebra of functions holomorphic in a neighborhood of the range of into B (cf. (~>1, §6).
x
Remarks: (b) Though the integral (3.2) clearly depends upon the assumption 1 E B, we can "save" the theorem in the caSe I rf B by formally adjoining a unit. Denoting by B' the algebra obtained by adjoining a unit to B, we notice that for x E B the range of x over 9)1' (the maximal ideal space of B') is the union of {O} with the range of.\' on 9)1. If we require 0 E G, then (3.2) can be taken as a B' -valued integral, and if F(O) = 0 then F(x) vanishes whenever x does, and in particular F(x) E B.
3.10 Theorem 3.9 states essentially that fJ is stable under the operation of analytic functions. For the algebra A(T) this is Paul Levy's extension of Wiener's theorem 2.9:
I.J(j)
1<
I
Theorem: (Wiener-Levy): Let fU) = /jt with IJ(;) 00, Let F be holomorphic in a neighborhood of the range of f Then g(t) = FU(I» has an absolutely convergent Fourier series.
3.11 As another simple application we mention that if there exists an element x E B such that .\'(M) is bounded away from zero on 9)1, then, denoting by F(z) the function which is identically 1 for z > e and id~tically zero for ! z < e/2 (where e = ~ infl x(M) we ~ee that F(x) = 1 on 9)1. If we assume that B is semisimple it follows that F(x) is a unit element in B. The assumption that i is bounded away from zero for some x E B implies directly that 9:11 is compact (see the proof of 3.1); if we assume, on the other hand, that 9)1 is compact, then 0 is not a limit point of ~'n in u* and consequently there exists a neighborhood of zero in U*, disjoint from 9')1. By the definition of the weak-star topology this is equivalent to the existence of a finite number of elements x I> " ' , x. in B such that 1iteM) I + ... + I x.(M) I is bounded away from zero on 9:11. Operating with functions of several complex variables one can prove again that 1 E B. We refer the reader to ([5], §13) for a discussion
I
I),
II
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
211
of operation by functions of several complex variables on elements in B and state the following theorem without proof:
Theorem:
If B is semisimple and Wi is weak-star compact, then 1 E B.
3.12 Another very important theorem which is proved by application of holomorphic functions of several complex variables, deals with the existence of idempotents:
m
m
Theorem: Assume that is disconnected and let U c be both open and compact in the weak-star topology. Theil there exists an eLement u E B such that (a) u 2 =
U
M¢=U (b) u(M) =
Ot {
Mf' U.
Remarks: (i) If B is semisimpte then (a) is a consequence of (b). (ii) The idempotent u allows a decomposition of B into a direct sum of ideals. Writing 11 = uB = {x E B;x = ux} and 12 = {x E B; ux = O}, it is clear that 11 and 12 are disjoint closed ideals and for any xEB x=ux+(x-ux); thus B=1 1 (£)1 2 • We refer to ([5], §14) for a proof; here we only point out that if we know that iJ is uniformly dense in q9Jl) (resp. Co(9J1», and in particular if iJ is self-adjoint on 9Jl, theorem 3.12 follows from 3.9. In fact, there exists an element x E B such that :?(M) - 11 < ! for ME U and I.\,(M) I<:! for M E: ~1Jl" U. Defining F(z) as 1 for I z - 11
I
°
II
EXERCISES FOR SECTION 3 1. Show that the distance between any two points of T, considered as the maximal ideal space of C(T), in the metric induced by the dual (in this case M(T» is equal to 2; hence the norm topology is discrete. 2. We have seen that the maximal ideal space of llC(D) is D ~ D UT ~ {z; I z I :;;;; I}. Show that the norm topology on jj (i.e., the topology induced by the metric of the dual space on the set of multiplicative linear functionals) coincides with the topology of the complex plane on D and with the discrete topology on T. Hint: Schwarz' lemma. 3. Show that the relation I 11'\ - 11'2 IIB* < 2 is an equivalence relation in the space of maximal ideals (multiplicative linear functiona\s)
212
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
of a sup-normed Banach algebra H. The corresponding equivalence classes are called the "Gleason parts" of the maximum ideal space. 4. Let H be an arbitrary Banach algebra and let HI be a Banach algebra with trivial multiplication (example 9 of section 1). Denote by jj the orthogonal direct sum of H and HI' that is, the set of all pairs (x, y) with x E B, Y E HI with the following operations: (X,y) +(XI'Yl) = (x +xI,y +YI) }.(x, y) = (lx, ly)
for complex A
(x,y)(xI'Yl) = (xxl,O)
and the norm U(x,y)11 ~ Ux 110 + lIy liB,· Show that H is a Banach algebra without unit and with the same maximal ideal space as H. 5. Let X be a compact (locally compact) Hausdorff space. Show that the maximal ideal space of C( X) (resp. Co( X», with the weak-star topology, coincides with X as a topological space. 6. We recall that a set {x \' ... , xn} C B is a set 01 generators in H if it is contained in no proper closed subalgebra of B, or, equivalently, if the algebra of polynomials in XI' •.• ,X. is dense in B. Show that if {x I ' ... , xn} is a set of generators in H, then the mapping M --. (x 1(M), ... , i n( M» identifies ~.n, as a topological space, with a bounded subset of C·. 7. Let J be a closed ideal in H. Denote by h(l)-the hull of I-the set of all regular maximal ideals containing I. Show that the maximal ideal space of HJ I can be canonically identified with h(l). 8. Let 11 ,12 be (nontrivial) closed ideals in an algebra B such that 1 E H. Assume that H = II @ 12 , Show that ~m is disconnected. 9. Show that not every multiplicative linear functional on M(T) has the form J1. --. pen) for some integer n. 10. Show that for any LeA group G, L I(G) and M(G) are semisimple. 11. Let H be a Banach algebra with a unit, realized as a "elf-adjoint function algebra on a space X. (a) Prove that H is self-adjoint if, and only if, is real valued on Wl for every IE H which is real valued on X. (b) Prove that H is self-adjoint if, and only if, I + is invertible in H for all IE B. 12. Let {w.}. E z be a sequence of positive numbers satisfying I ~ wn + m s: lV.Wm for all n, mEZ. Denotet by A{wn } the subspace of A(T) consisting of the functions I for v.hich
J
1/12
t Compare with exercise V.2.7.
213
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras C/O
IIfli{w,,}
=
L
IJ(ll) I 111ft
<
00.
-00
(a) Show that with the norm so defined, A{ wft} is a Banach algebra. (b) Assume that for some k > 0, wn ~ 0(1 n Ik). Show that the maximal ideal space of A{ w.} can be identified with T. (c) Under the assumption of (b), show that A{ wn } is self-adjoint if, and only if,
I I -+ Banach algebra with norm I as
f/
C1
•
13. Let B be a 110 and maximal idc<11 space ~m. L~t Bl c B be a dense subalgebr.t which is itst'lf a Banach algebra undcr a norm l ' Assume that its maximal ideal space is again m (this means that every multiplicative linear functional on BI is continuous there with respect to 110)' Assume that and I are consistent on BI and denote by 0 < a < I, the interpolating norms (
I I
I
I
I
I I!o
I II., I
I I
I I
I
I III' Ii II'
4. HOMOMORPHISMS OF BANACH ALGEBRAS
4.1 We have seen (lemma 2.8) that homomorphisms of any Banach algebra into the field C are always continuous. The Gelfand representation enables us to extend this result: Theorem: Let B be a semisimple Banach algebra, let B. be any Banach algebra alld let lfJ be a homomorphism of B. ill to B. Theil lfJ is continuous. We use the closed graph theorem and prove the continuity of lfJ by showing that its graph is closed. Let x j E BI and assume that Xj -+ Xo in Bl and lfJx j -+ Yo in B. Let M be any maximal ideal in /'.. B; the mapping x -+ lfJX (M) is a multiplicative linear functional on PROOf':
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
214
B. and hence, by (2.8), it is continuous. It follows that ljJ'?j (M) converges to q>~o (M); on the other hand, since q>x j -+)'0 in B we have q>~j(M) -t Jo(M), hence ljJ~o (M) = Jo(M)· Hence ljJXo - Yo EO'M for all maximal ideals Min B and, by the assumption that B issemisimple, q>xo = Yo. Thus the graph of q> is closed and ljJ is continuous. ~ Corollary: There exists at most one norm, up to equivalence, witlt wlticlt a semisimple algebra call be a Banaclt algebra. 4.2
Let B and B. be Banach algebras with maximal ideal spaces
9Jl and 9Jl., respectively. Let q> be a homomorphism of B. into B. As we have seen in the course of the preceding proof, every ME 9Jl defines a multiplicative linear functional w(x) = ~(M) on 8 •. We denote the corresponding maximal ideal by 'PM. It may happen. of course that w is identically zero and the "corresponding maximal ideal" is then the entire B.; thus 'P is a mapping from 9J1 into 9Jl. U {Bl }. In terms of linear functionals, 'P is clearly the restriction to 9Jl of the adjoint of ljJ.
m.
Theorem: 'P: 9Jl ..... U{Bd is continuous when both spaces are endowed with the weak-star topology. If ljJ(B.) is dense in B in tile spectral norm, then 'P is a homeomorphism of 9Jl onto a closed subset of m •.
m.
A sub-basis for the weak-star topology on U {B.} is the collection of sets of the form VI = {M 1 ;i t (M 1)EO}, 0 being an open set in C and x. E B I' The ffJ pre-image in 9R of U 1 is U = {M; ~I (M) E O} which is clearly open. If ~ is uniformly dense in 8, the functions ~1(M), Xl E B •• determine the weak-star topology on ~m and it is obvious that 'P is one-to-one into and that it is a homeomorphism. It remains to showt that if q;(lJ;) is uniformly dense in B then 'fJ{9R) is closed in 9Jl I . We start with two remarks: (a) For MI E the mapping ljJXI -d\(M 1) is well defined on ljJ(B I ) if, and only if, for all x. E B •• ljJx. = 0 implies il(M.) = O. (b) When the above-mentioned mapping is defined, it is clearly multiplicative and (assuming ljJ(B;) uniformly dense in B) it can be extended to a multiplicative linear functional on B if, and only if, for all Xl E B.: PROOF:
m.
m.
t Notice that if 1 E B then 9R is compact and tpdn) is therefore compact, so that in this case the rest of the proof is superfluous.
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
215
Assume now that MI Em l is in the weak-star closure of
°
Ixl(MI)-xI(
°
I IlljJXI lisp,
Since e > is arbitrary and since IljJ~1 (M) ~ it follows that l·il(M I ) I ~ and by our remark (b) there exists an I MoE9J1 such that ljJ~I(Mo)=.il(MI) for all XIEB I ; that is,
IlljJx II.p,
4.3 From 4.2 it follows in particular that if ljJ is an automorphism of B, then
Lemma: Let
(4.0
tf.
=
ro
+~
ejrj'
1
lie in [a, b], then the numbers {q:{I7.)} are linearly dependell/ over the rationals. Then the set of points i1l a neighborhood of which
[a, b]. PROOF: Let I be any interval contained in [a,b]; we show that there exists an interval l' c 1 such that cp coincides on l' with some polynomial of degree smaller than N. Without loss of generality we may assume that 1:::> [0, N + 1] so that if ~ r} ~ I, j = 0,1, ... ,N,
°
216
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
all the points 17a defined by (4.1) are contained in 1. By the assumption of the lemma, to each choice of ('0' ... , 'N) such that 0 ~ ' j ~ I, corresponds at least one vector (A 1, .•. , A 2 ,,) with integral entries not all of which vanish, such that 2'"
L AaT(I/al = O.
(4.2)
a= I
Denote by E(A 1 , ... ,A 2N ) the set of points ('o"""N) in the N + I-dimensional cube 0 ~ 'j ~ I, for which (4.2) is valid. Since ffJ is continuous it follows that E(A I> ••• ,A ZN ) is closed for every (AI, ... ,A 2 ",) and since UE(A j , ••• ,A 2N ) is the entire cube O~rj~ 1, it follows from the theorem of Baire that some £(A I, ... , A 2"') contains a box of the form rJ ~ rj ~ r;, j = O, ... ,N.
,g)
Let e > 0 be smaller than 1(,~ and let t/I, be an infinitely differentiable function carried by (-I:, e) such that t/I ,(~)cl ~ = 1. We put ffJ, = ffJ * if! £ and notice that
".
L
Aa(P,(I/.) -
f
".
1/1, * (L, A.g(l/a»
and consequently 2'"
(4.3)
L A.9"c(17a)
= 0
a - I
for (4.4)
j = I, ... ,N.
Now, ffJt is infinitely differentiable and we can differentiate (4.3) with respect to various r/s, j ;;:; J. Assume that Aao # and that the coefficient of 'io in l1ao is equal to onc. Differentiating (4.3) with respect to rio we obtain
°
(4.5) where the summation extends now only over those values of IX such that the coefficient of rjo in '1a is equal to one. Also, (4.5) is nontrivial since it contains the term A.offJXI1"o)' Repeating this argument with other ,/s we finally obtain a nontrivial relation A.T~M)(l1a) = 0, that is rr'~M)(l1a) = 0, with M ~ N, and it follows that on the range of 1//1 corresponding to (4.4), say 1', rr', is a polynomial of degree
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
;?;
M - 1 < N. As e ~ 0, smaller than N on ]' .
f{J. ~ f{J
and
f{J
217
is a polynomial of degree ~
Corollary: ]f f{J, as above, is N-times continuously diffirelltiable on [a,b], then it is a polynomial of degree smaller than Non [a,b]. *4.5 Theorem (Bellrling-Helsol1): Let q> be all automorphism of A(R) alld let f{J be the corresponding change of variable 011 R (see 4.3). Then qJ(~) = IX~ + {J with IX, {J E R and IX;6 O. PROOF: The proof is done in two steps. First we show that f{J is linear on some interval on R, and then that the fact that f{J is linear on some interval implies that it is linear on R. First step: By 4.1, q> is a continuous linear operator on A(R). Let N be an even integer such that 2N> IllfJ114; we claim that f{J satisfies the condition of lemma 4.4 for this value of N. If we show this, it follows from 4.4 that f{J is a polynomial on some interval ]' s; R. f{J maps I' onto some interval] 0 and. since f{J is an automorphism we can repeat the same argument for lfJ- 1 and obtain that the inverse function of f{J is a polynomial on some interval ] ~ s; ] o. Since a polynomial whose inverse function (on some interval) is again a polynomial must be linear it follows that rp is linear on ]' . The adjoint q>* of lfJ maps the unit measure concentrated at ~ to the unit measure concentrated at f{J(~). Since IllfJ* I = il q> II we obtain that for every choice of a j to' C and ;j to'R
(4.6)
We remember also that by Kronecker's theorem (VI.9.2) if {f{J(~j)} are linearly independent over the rationals AI'(~j) = L aj We show now that for every choice of roo r l , •••• rN to' R, if the 2N points 11, given by (4.1) are all distinct there exists a measure v carried by {'Ia} such that M(R) = 1 and II v II~L"';?; rN/4 . Put
I 2>
lin:
1 I·
I \' I
(4.7)
j = 1, "', N12.
The total mass of /lj is clearly 1 and (4.8)
fi/x) =
HI + ei'2 J -'X+ ei',jX
_ ei(',j-'+',j).x)
ti'lj-tx/2cosr2i_txI2
+ ~e-i("j+'2j-"2)Xsin r2i-t x / 2
218
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
so that (4.9)
Ifl(X)1
~
Hlcosr2j_tx/21 + Isinr 2j _1x/21)
~ 2 -to
We now take v = J ro * Jil * ... * JiN/2. v is clearly carried by {'la} and if the 'la'S are all distinct the total mass of v is 1. On the other hand
I v lin'" ~
NI2
[r I! Jij lin"> ~ r
NI4
I
If {qi('l,,)} are linearly independent over the rationals it follows first that the 'la's are all distinct, and by (4.6) applied to v, and Kronecker's theorem t ~ IIlfJ 112 -Nt4 which contradicts the assumption 2N > 11q> 114. Secol1d step: For all 11 and A, eilJ~V).ILHR) ~ 3; hence
I!
ilei"q>(~)V;(rr(~»IIA(R) ~ 311q>!I. As ).4 00, V;.(9'(~)) becomes 1 on larger and larger intervals on Ji, which eventually cover any finite interval on R. By VI.2.4 (or by taking weak limits), ei"q>( {J is a Fourier-StieJtjes transform of a measure
II.
of total mass at most 311lfJ If we denote by Jil the measure on R such that 111(0 = eiq>(O, it follows that ei"q>(~) is the Fourier-Stieltjes transform of
*n
Jil
ntimes
* ... * III
I
•
= Jil
•
and we have (4.1 0)
~ 3 jllfJ I .
/lJii" 1/ \feR)
By the first step we know that 9'(~) = u~ + b on some interval 1 on It. We now consider the measure Ji obtained from Jil by multiplying it by e- 1h and translating it by a. We have p(~) = e-i(a~+b)pl(~)' that is P(O = 1 on I (and = 1 everywhere). It follows from (4.10) that (4.11)
Ipwl I Ji*" II \feR)
Consider the measures ~ = 0). We have
VII
= 2-"(8 + Ji)*"(8 = 00 being the unit mass at
v" = and consequently"
~ 3" lfJ II
l'n IIM(R)
~
r"~ 3"
lfJ
G)
Ji*j
II: also, v"W =
C+i(~2rWhiCh is
equaJto t if P(~) = 1 and tends to zero if Ii( ~) # 1 . Taking a ·.veak Iimit of
219
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
Vn as ll-+ 00 we obtain a measure v such that v(~) is equal almost everywhere to the characteristic function of the set g ;p(O = I} which clearly implies v(~) = 1 identically on R, hence p(~) = 1 almost everywhere on R and since p is continuous, p(~) = 1 everywhere. It follows that eicp(O = ei(a~i b) everywhere on R, and
Remarks: (a) The first step of the proof applies to a large class of algebras. For instance, if B is an algebra whose maximal ideal space is R, B ::> A(R) and for each constant K there exists an integer N such that every set {'1a} defined by (4.1) (such that the '1«'5 are all 1 distinct) carries a measure v such that I v IIBo < K- I v IIM(R)' step 1 goes verbatim for B. (b) If we assume that 'P is continuously di1ferentiable, step 2 is superfluous. In fact, step I shows that the set of points ncar which
be a semisimple Banach algebra with norm
I I
and
Bl c B a subalgebra of B which is a Banach algebra with a norm
I 111' Show that there exists a constant for all x E B 1 •
e such
that
I x I ~ ell x III
2. Let B be a Banach algebra of infinitely differentia ble functions on [0, I], having [0, I] as its space of maximal ideals. Show that there exists a sequence {Mn}:~o such that sup I/nl(x) ~ Mnll/ll for every
I
IE B. 3. Show that the space of all infinitely differentiable functions on [0, I] cannot be normed so as to become a Banach algebra.
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
220
4. Let B be a semisimple Banach algebra with maximal ideal space
9.11. Prove that a homeomorphism'll of9J1 is induced by an endomorphism of B if, and only if, jefj"",jo'lleB, where(ju 'II)(M)=j('II(M». 5. What condition on 'II above is equivalent to its being induced by an automorphism? 6. Construct examples of semisimple Banach algebras Band B J and a homomorphism tp: B t -> B (such that is not dense in fj) and such that the corresponding mapping rp (a) is not one-to-one; (b) is one-to-one but not a homeomorphi~m; (c) maps 9Jl onto a dense proper subset of 9.11 1 • 7. Show that a homeomorphism cp of T onto itself is induced by an automorphism of A(T) if, and only if, ei'III' e A(T) for all nand
,fBI
1/
i
e .,
IIA(T)
=
0(1).
8. (Van der Corput's lemma): (a) Let rp be real-valued on an interval [a, bJ, and assume that it has there a monotone derivative satisfying rp'W>p>O on [a.b)' Show that Ij:eiq>Wd~I~2/p. (b) Instead of assuming 'P' > p on [a, b]. assume that rp is twice differentiable and that rp" > K > 0 on [a. b]' Show that
.r
I ei,(~) dl; I ~
6,,-t
Hints: For (a) write ji fl1W de; =-ijd(fJ(e;)/rp'(e;),where
i
b
Ja
C
K -
-\
JC_+:_-tf
+
fh-
t
the middle integral is clearly bounded by 2K - t; evaluate the otller two integrals by (a). 9. Let rp be twice differentiable, real-valued function on [O,IJ and assume that rp" > K > 0 there. Show that Ille;/q>Wdl;l
~
12K- t
Hint: Integrate by parts and use exercise 8. 10. Let rp be twice differentiable, real-valued function on [- I, I] and assume that rp" > '1 > 0 there. Put (fJ1I(e;) - (I I; /) einq>(~) for II;I~I and $.(1;)=0 for Show that for all xER,
-I
11;121.
I ;l!
fl (fJnWei~X
de;
i ~
4'1- tn - t .
221
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
-1,;1)
Hint:
II.
5. REGULAR ALGEBRAS A function algebra B on a compact Hausdorffspace X is rel?u/ar if, given a point pc X and a compact set K c X such that p 1= K, there exists a function fEB stich that f( p) = I and f vanishes on K. The algebra B is normal if, given two disjoint compact sets K 1, K2 in X, there exists fEB such thatf"" 0 on K, and f= Ion K?
5.1
DEfiNITION:
Examples: (a) Let X be a compact Hausdorff space. Then C(X) is normal. fhis is essentially the contents of Urysohn's lemma (see [15], p. 6). (b) HC(D), the algebra of functions holomorphic inside the unit disc and continuous on the boundary, is 110t regular. Theorem (partition of unity): Let X be a compact Hau~dorfJ space and B a normal (ullctioll algebra 011 X, cOlltaining the idelltity. Let {Uj}'i-, be an open covering of X. Theil there e"(i~t (unctions rpj, j = t, 2, ... ,11, ill B satisfy inK
support (5.1) { )" rp. = 1. --.J
J
1
We u~e induction on n. Assume /I = 2. let V" V2 be open sets satisfying Vj c U j and VI U V2 = X. There exists a function PROOf:
222
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
/E B such that/ = 0 on the complement of VI and/ = t on the complement of V2· Put 'PI = f, 'P2 = 1 - r. Assume now that the statement of the theorem is valid for coverings by fewer than n open sets and let U" ... , Un be an open covering of X. Put V' = V n- I U Vn and apply the induction hypothesis to the covering V I> ••. , V n- 2, V' thereby obtaining functions 'PI>"" 'Pn- 2, 'P' in B, satisfying (5.1). Denote the support of 'P' by S and let Vn- J, Vn be open sets such that P'j c Vj (j = II - 1, n) and Vn- I U Vn :.::> S. Let/E B such that / == 0 on S, Vn- I and/= 1 on S,,- Vn. Put 'Pn-I = 'P'f ~ and 'PII = 'P'(l - f). The functions 'PI' ... , 'Pn satisfy (5.1). Remark: The family {'P j} satisfying (5.1) is called a partition of unity ill B, subordinate to {Vj}. Partitions of unity are the main tool in transition from "local" properties to "global" ones. A typical and very important illustration is theorem 5.2 below.
5.2 Let,g;; be a family of functions on a topological space X. A function / is said to belong to ,g;; locally at a point p E X, if there exists a neighborhood V of p and a function g E,g;; such that / = g in V. If f belongs to :y; locally at every p E X, We say that / is locally in .:7. Theorem: Let X be a compact Hausdorff space and ,g;; a normal algebra o/limctiolls on X. If a/unction / belongs to:Y; locally, then / E ,g;;. PROOF: For every p E X let V be an open neighborhood of p and g E,g;; such that g = / in V. Since X is compact, we can pick a finite cover of X, {V j }'; = I ' among the abovementioned neighborhoods. Denote the corresponding elements of ,g;; by gj; that is, gj = / in Vj. Let {'Pj} be a partition of unity in ,g;; subordinate to {Vj}. Then
(5.2) Remark: It is clear from (5.2) that if J c,g;; is an ideal, and if / belongs to J locally (i.e., gj E J), then fE J.
5.3 We consider a semisimple Banach algebra B with a unit, and denote its maximal ideal space by 9)1. DEFINITION: The hull, h(l), of an ideal I in B, is the set of all M E ~m such that Ie M. Equivalently: h(l) is the set of all common zeros of x(M) for x E I.
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
223
Since the set of common zeros of any family of continuous functions is closed, "(1) is al\\ays closed in 9Jl. DEFINITION: The kernel, k(E), ofa set E c 9)1, is the idealnMeE M. Eq uivalently: k(E) is the set of all x E B such that x(M) = 0 on E. k(E) is always a closed ideal in B.
If E c ~m, then "(k(E» is a closed set in 9Jl that clearly contains E. One can show (scc [15], p. 60) that the hull-kernel operation is
5.4
a proper closure operation defining a topology on 9Jl. Since h(k(E» is closed in 9)l, the hull-kernel topology is not finer than the weak-star topology. The t\\O coincide if for every closed set E c 9R we have E = h(k(E» which means that if Mo rf. E there exists an element x E k(E) such that x(M 0) of- O. Remembering that x E k(E) means x(M) = 0 on E, we see that the hull-kernel topology coincides with the weak-star topology on 9)l if, and only if, i3 is a regular function algebra. In this case we say that B is regular. DI:FlNITION: A semisimple Banach algebra B is regular (resp. lIormal) if jj is regular (re~p. normal) on ~m.
5.5 Theorem: Let B be a regular Ballach algebra and E a closed subset of ml. Theil the maximal ideal space oj B/ k(E) can be identified with E.
The maximal ideals in B/ k(E) are the canonical images of maximal ideals in B which contain k(E), that is, which belong to h( k(E» = E. This identifies mi(B/k(E» and E as sets and we claim that they can be identified as topological spaces. We notice that the Gelfand representation of B/k(E) is simply the restriction of i3 to E. A typical open set in a sub-base for the topology of9](B/ k(E» has the form PROOF:
--------------
V = {M;MEE, xmodk(E)(M)cO},
o
being an open set in the complex plane and xc B. A typical open set in a sub-base for the topology of 9Ji has the form V' = {M;Xl(M)cO'} with 0' open in C and XI EB. If 0 = 0' and X = Xl then V = En V' and the topology on m(B/k(E» is precisely the topology induced by 9Jl. ~ Let B be a regular Ballach algebra, I an ideal Wi such thaI En h(I) = 0. Then there exisls an element xc J slIch that .i(M) = 1 on E.
5.6
Theorem:
ill B, E a closed set in
224
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
PROOf: The ideal generated by 1 and k(E) is contained in no maximal ideal since M:::> (l, k(E)) implies M:::> I and M:::> kCE), that is, M € En "U). It follows that the image of 1 in B/k(E) is the entire algebra and consequently thcrc exists an element x E I sllch that x == 1 mod k(E), which is the same as saying i(M) = 1 on E. ~
Corollary:
A regu/m· Ballac" algebra is normal.
PROOF: If El and E2 are disjoint closed scts in to 1 = keEl), E = E2 •
~lJl,
apply the theorem ~
5.7 We turn now to some general facts about the relationship between ideals in regular Banach algebras and their hulls. Theorem: Let I be an ideal ill a regular Ballach algebra Band xc B. Then x belong!> to j loca /I)' at every illferior point of hex) alld at every poillt M if: h(l).
h«x»,
PROOF: We write hex) for that is, the set of zeros of x in 9Jl. If M is an interior point of hex), .i = 0 in a neighborhood of M and oE I. If M rf: h(J), M has a compact neighborhood E disjoint from h(l). By theorem 5.6 there exists an clement y E J such that y(M) = 1 on E. Now i = xy on E and xy E I. ~
Corollary: Let J be all ideal in a regular semisimple Ballach algebra B alld x E B. Ij the support of x is disjoint ji-om h(l), then x E I.
By theorem 5.7, .r belongs to j locally at every point, and by corollary 5.6 and the remark following theorem 5.2 it follows that xci; hence x E 1. PROOF:
5.8 Let E be a closed ~ubset of 9Jt The set 10(E) of all x E B such that x(M) vanishes on a neighborhood of E is c1;:arly an ideal and if B is regular, h(1o(E» = £. It follows from corollary 5.7 that 10(EJ is contained in every ideal J such that h(l) = E. In other words: 10(£) is thc smallest ideal satisfying h(/) = E, and I iF;) is the smallest closed ideal satisfying h(l) = £. On the other hand, k(E) is clearly the largest ideal sati~fying h(l) = E. D[fINITION: A primary ideal in a commutative Banach algebra is an ideal contained in only one maximal ideal.
In other words, an ideal is primary if its hull consists of a single point.
Vllt. Commutative Banach Algebras
225
If B is a semisimple regular Banach algebra, every maximal ideal Me B contains a smallest primary ideal, namely Io({M}). We simplify the notation and write Io(M) instead of Io({M}). Similarly, M contains a smallest closed primary ideal, namely [~(M). Tn some ca<;es [o(M) = M and we then say that M contains no nontrivial closed primary ideals. Such is the case if B = qT) (trivial) and also if B = A(R) (theorem VI.4.11 '). On the other hand. if B = C(T) with n ~ 1, the maximal ideal {/;{U o) = O} contains the nontrivial closed primary ideal {{;f(to) = !'(to) = O}. 5.9 DEFINITION: A semisimple Banach algebra B satisfies condition (D) at M E 9J~ if, given any x E M, there exists a sequence {x.} c Io(M) sllch that XXII -+ x in B. We say that B satic;fies the condition (D) if B satisfies (D) at every M E9Jt If B satisfies condition (D) at M c:9Jl, M contains no nontrivial closed primary ideal since Io(M) is dense in M. It is not known if the condition that M contains no nontrivial closed primary ideals is sufficient to imply (D) or not; however, if we know that there exists a constant K such that for every neighborhood U of M there exists Y E B such that I Y II ~ K, .\1 has its support in U and y == 1 in some (smaller) neighborhood of M, then we can deduce (D) from lo(M) = M. For x E M let Zn E [o(M) such that Zn -+ x. Let Un be a neighborhood of M such that Zn;: 0 on Un and let Y. E B such that II Yn II ~ K, Yn = 0 outside Un and Yn == 1 near M. Put X"n = 1 - Yn' We have Xn E lo(M), x - xx. = XYn = (x - zn)Y. (since Z"Y. = 0), and O. ~
II(x-zn)Ynll Kllx-znll-+
5.10
Lemma: L/!t B be a regular semisimple Banach algebra satisfying condition (D) at Mo E ~m. Let I be a closed ideal ill Band x E Mo. Assume that there exists a neighborhood U of Mo such that xEI locally at every MEU"'-{M o}. Then X0.1 locally at Mo· PROOF:
y
Let Y E B such that the support of
y is
included in U and
= 1 in some neighborhood V of Mo. )'x belongs to I locally at every
M -=1= Mo and yXX. bdongs locally to I everywhere ({xn} being the sequence given by (D); remember that .x-" == 0 near M 0); hence YXX"n E I and since xX". -+ x and I is closed, yx E I. But;X = x in V and the lemma ~ follows. Them'em (Ditf..in-Sililou): Let B Ill! (/ .\l.'lIlisilllple reKula/" /Jelllllc/' algebra sati~t)'ing (D). Let I be a closed ideal ill B alld x E k(h(l)
226
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
such that the intersection of the boundary of hex) with h(!) contains no nOlllrivial pel/eet sets. Then x E l. PROOF: Denote by ~ the set of ME m such that x does not belong to I locally at M. By theorem 5.7, ~ c (bdry hex»~ () h(I) and by the lemma, ~ has no isolated points; hence 91 is perfect and since (bdry h(x» ()h(J) contains no nontrivial perfects sets, 91 = 0 and x E f. ~
Corollary: Under the same assumptions 011 B; if E c !m is compact and its boundary contaills no nontrivial perfect subsets, then fo(£) = k(E). 5.11 We have been dealing so far with algebras with a unit element. The definitions and most of the results can be extended to algebras without a unit element simply by identifying the algebra B as a maximal ideal in B ® C. Instead of 9Jl we consider its one point compactification 9)( and we say that B is regular on if B ® C is regular on m. This is equivalent to adding to the regularity condition the following regularity at infinity: given ME 9Jl, there exists x E Ii ~uch that f(U) = 1 and i has compact support. Similarly, we have to require in defining "x belongs locally to I" not only x E I locally at every ME 9R. but also '( E I at infinity, that is, the existence of some y E I such that i = Y outside of some compact set. The condition (D) at infinity is: for every x E B there exists a sequence Xn E B such that xn are compactly supported and xx" -+ x.
m
EXERCISES FOR SECTION 5 1. Let B be a semisimple Banach algebra, let x\, ... ,XnE B be generators for B, and assume that j
~
I .... ,n.
Show that B is regular. 2. De~cribe the closed primary ideals of C\T), n being a positive integer. 6. WIENER'S GENERAL TAUBER IAN THEOREM
In this section we prove Wiener's lemma stated in the course of the proof of theorem V1.6.l, and Wiener's general Tauberian theorem. These results are obtained as more or less immediate consequences of some of the material in the precedi ng section; it should be kept
227
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
in mind that Wiener's work preceded, and to some extent motivated, the study of general Banach algebras. 6.1
We start with the analog of Wiener's lemma for A(T).
Lemma: Let J, II E A(T) and assume that j is bounded away Irom zero 011 the support 011,. ThenId-1EA(T). PROOF: A(T) is a regular Banach algebra. Denote by I the principal ideal generated by I; then "(I) = {t;j (t) = O} is disjoint from the support of j ,. By corollary 5.7, j I E I, which means II = g/ for some g GA(T). ThusfrI- 1 E A(T) locally and we apply 5.2.
6.2 We obtain Wiener's lemma by showing that A(R) is locally the same as A(T). Lemma: Let e> 0 alld let t/J be a continuously differentiable junction supported by (-n + e, n - e). There exi~ts a constant K depending on t/J such that for all a;;£ il eilltt/J K.
-1;;£ 1, IIAm;;£ I eilltt/J Ik'(T) bounded, and the A(T) norm
PROOF: We clearly have is majorized by the C1(T) norm.
Letibe a continuous/ullctioll carried by (-n
Theorem: Then
f Uwld~
<
<Xl
¢!>
.2: li(II)1 <
+ e, n -
e).
<Xl.
Let t/J be continuously ditferentiable, carried by ( - n + e/2, n - e/2) such that t/J(t) = 1 on (- n + e, n - e). Assume illt that I len) < 00; then j E A(T); hence Ie t/J E A(T) and illt I eiatt/J A(T) ~ K I for -1 a 1. Now I i"tljl = j e and its A(T) norm is (lj2n) ~ li(1I - all. Integrating the inequality PROOF:
I
I
I
I
I IIA(T)
L on 0 < a
; £ 1,
Il(n - a)1
;;£ ; £
;;£ KL /1(11)1
we obtain
f IJw Id~ ; £ KL li(n) I· JdlJ(n - a)lda
Conversely, assuming Jli(~)ld~ = I < 00, it folex ~ 1, lows from Fubini's theorem that for almost all a, I J(11 - ex) < 00, which means e·a~ E A(T). As in the first part of the proof this implies eill'je-i.tt/J =fEA(T) and I Il(n)1 < 00.
I
I
0;;£
228
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
Corollary: Identifying T with (-n, n], a function f defined in a neighborhood of to E T be/ong8 to A(T) locally at to if, and only if, it belongs to A(R) at to.
6.3
Lemma (Wiener's lemma): Let f and fl E A(R) be such that the support off, is compact alld f is bOl/nded away from zero on it. Then fl = gf with gEA(R).
Without loss of generality we assume that the support of}~ is included in ( - 2, 2). Replacing} by frp, where rp E A (R), rp = 1 on C-2,2) and cp = outside of ( - 3, 3), it folll)ws from lemma 6.1 that g=fd- 1 EA(T); hence, by theorem 6.2, gEA(R). ~ PROOF:
°
6.4 Theorem: (Wiener's general Tauberian theorem): Let fE A(R) and assume f(~) f= 0 for all ~ E R. Then f is contained ill no proper closed ideal of A(R).
By lemma 6.3 it follows that if fl E A(R) has compact support, then} 1/J E A(R), that is, f, belongs to (f) (the principal ideal generated by f). By theorem Y1.1.l2, (f) is dense in A(R) and the proof is complete. PROOF:
Instead of considering principal ideals, one may consider any closed ideal 1. If for every ~ E R there exists f E J such that} (~) f= 0, then I = A(R). As a corollary we obtain again that all maximal ideals in A(R) have the form {J;f(eo) = O} for Some ~o E R. We leave the details to the reader. 6.5 The Tauberian character of theorem 6.4 is not obvious at lirst glance. A Tauberian theorem is a theorem that indicates conditions under which some form of summability implies convergence or, more generally, another form of summability. The first such theorem was proved by Tauber and stated that if lim x - 1 - o I:=oa n x" =A and an = o(l/n), then Ian = A. Hardy and Littlewood, who introduced the term "Tauberian theorem," improved Tauber's result by showing that the condition an = o(1/n) can be replaced by a" = O(I/n), an improvement that is a great deal deeper and harder than Tauber's rather elementary result. Wiener's original statement of theorem 6.4 was much mOTe clearly Tauberian: Theorem (Wiener's general Tauberian theorem): Let K, fCL'''(R). Assume K1Ce) f= o for a/l ~ER and
E
U(R) and
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
Then
!~~
(6.2)
f
K 2(x - y)f
f
229
Kix)c1-.:.
for all K 2 EV(R).
Remark: If I(x) tends to a limit when x --> 00, then (6.1) is clearly satisfied with A = limx_ I(x). (6.1) states that I(x) tends to the limit A in the mean with respect to the kernel K I; the theorem states that the existence of the limit with respect to the mean K 1 implies that of the limit with respect to any mean K 2 , provided KI never vanishes. We refer to [271, chapter 3, for examples of derivations of "concrete" Tauberian theorems from theorem 6.5. y
PROOF OF TIlEOR[M 6.5: Denote by I the subset of V (R) of functions K2 satisfying (6.2). I i~ clearly a linear subspace, invariant under translation and closed in the VCR) norm, that is, a closed ideal in V (R). Since K 1 E I, it follows from theorem 6.4 that I = VCR) and the proof is complete.
7. SPECTRAL SYNTHESIS IN REGULAR ALGEBRAS
let B be a semisimple regular Ranach algebra with a unit. t Denote by 9R its maximal ideal space and by B* its dual.
7.1
Lemma: 011
A functional VEB* vanishes on an open set 0 c9Jl for every x E B such that the support of.~ is contained in O.
°
DEFINITION:
if (x, v) =
If 0 1 U O2,
VE
B* mllishes all the open
~els
0 1 and O 2 thell v vani~hes
PROOF: let x E B and assume that the support of .X' is contained in OJ U O 2 , Denote by 0 3 the complement in of the support of x and let j = 1,2,3 be a partition of unity in fj subordinate to OJ,j = 1,2,3. Then x = Xf{J1 + Xf{J2 and (x, v) = (Xf{JI' v) + (X9'2' v) = 0, since XCfJ3 = and xf{Jj has its support in OJ. ~
1m
rpj'
°
From the lemma it follows immediately that if v E B* vanishes on every set in some finite collection of open set~ it vanishes also on their union; and since Wi is compact the same holds for arbitrary t [he stdnding a~,umrtion 1 E B is introduced for convcnlcnce only. It is 1I0t c<;<;ential and the readcr is urged to extend the notion, and results to the case 1 B.
i
230
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
unions. The union of all the open sets on which v vanishes is the largest set having this property and we define the support, L(V), of v as the complement of this set (compare with Vr.4). 7.2 For ME 9Jl we denote by DM the multiplicative linear functional associated with M, <x,J M = i(M); thus J M is naturally identifiable with the measure of mass] concentrated at M.
>
DEFINITION: A functional v E? B* admits spectral synthesis if v belongs to the weak-star closure of the span in B* of {JM}M el:(v)'
Since the subspace of B orthogonal to the span of {DM}M ~l:(v) is precisely the set of all x E B such that x(M) = 0 for all ME L( v), that is, the ideal k(L(V», we see, using the Hahn-Banach theorem as we did in V1.6, that v admits spectral synthesis if, and only if, it is orthogonal to k(L(V». 7.3 It seems natural to define a set of spectral synthesis as a set E having the property that every v E B* such that L(V) = E admits spectral synthesis. If WI is very large, however, there may be sets E which are the support of no v E B* and we prefer to introduce the following. DEFINITION: A closed set E c 9Jl is a set of spectral synthesis if every vEB* such that L(V) s E is orthogonal to k(E).
This condition implies in particular that if L(V) = E then v admits spectral synthesis. It is clear that the condition L( v) c E is equivalent to the condition that v be orthogonal to 10(E). The condition that E is of spectral synthesis is therefore equivalent to requiring that every v E B* which is orthogonal to 10(E) be also orthogonal to k(E). By the Hahn-Banach theorem this means lo(l~) = k(E). Thus: E is oj spectral synthesis if and only if 10(E) is dense in keEl. We restate corollary 5.10 as: Theorem: Assume that B satisfies (D) and let E c ~Jl be closed and its boundary contain flO perfect subsets. Then E is oj spectral synthesis.
7.4 In some cases every closed E c ~)l is of spectral synthesis and we say that spectral synthesis is possihle in B. Such is the case if B = C(X), X being a compact Hausdorff space. Another class of examples is given by theorem 7.3: B satisfying (D) with 9.Jl containing
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
231
no perfect subsets. In particular, if G is a discrete abelian group and B = A(G) (to which we formally add a unit if we want to remain
within our standing assumptions), then (D) is satisfied and 9Jl contains no perfect subsets. It follows that for discrete G spectral synthesis holds in A(G). We devote the rest of this sect.ion to prove: Theorem (Mafliavin): IfG is a non discrete LCA group then spectral synthesis fails for A(G).
The construction is somewhat ~impler technically in the case G = D than in the general case and we do it there. For a nondiscrete LCA group G, a Cantor set E on G is a compact set for which there exists a sequence {r) c G such that the finite sums I~ e/'j, ej = 0,1, are all distinct and form a dense subset of E. The construction we give below can be adapted to show that every Cantor set of G contains a subset which is not of spectral synthesis for A(G). Notice that every nondiscrete LCA group has Cantor subsets. We mention, finally, that for G = R n with n ~ 3, any sphere is an example of a set which is not of spectral synthesis; this was shown by L. Schwartz (some eleven years before the general case was settled). 7.5 We state the principle on which our construction depends in the general setting of this section, that is, for a semisimple regular Banach algebra with a unit. For typographical simplicity we identify Band !J and use the letters f, g and so on, for elements of B. We remind the reader that the dual B* is c.lOonically a B module. Theorem:
(7.1 )
Let fE Band JI
E
C(1I)
B*, f1 # 0, and denote
= II e1uf 111/ B' .
Assllme that for all illteger N
~
1
(7.2)
Then there exists a real ralue a o such that fo = a o +f has the property that the closed ideals generated by Jon, n = 1, ... , N + I are all distillct. PROOF: We begin with two remarks. First: There is no loss of generality assuming that
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
232
u ! /ilL I B·
II i
iul
~ II h liB II e II 1180,
(7.2) remains valid if we replace II by hii. Second: Write <1>(u) = <1,eiullI>; then <1>(u> ~ C(u)EV(R), <1>(u) is continuous and <1>(0) = # O. It follows that $(~) is well defined and is not identically zero 50 that there exists a real number a o for which
I
I
l!iu!P,ln ..
r:
(7.3)
<1, i
ul
p) du # O.
For p ~ N the B*-valued integral Ap(J,II) =
(7.4)
J:",
(iu)P(eiU!p)dll
is well defined since the integrand is continuous and, by (7.2), norm integrable. Let q ~ 0 be an integer, gl E B and consider (7.5)
lp.q
= (gdq,Ap(J,II»
=
r:
(glr,eillllI)(iuYdu.
Integrating (7.5) by parts we obtain (7.6)
-plp-t.q-I
if p> 0, q > 0
o
if P = 0, q > O.
It follows that if q > p we have I p.q = 0 no matter what is g IE B. In other words, Ail, II) is orthogonal to the ideal generated by I P + t. Now, using (7.6) with p = q, gl = 1, we obtain
by (7.3). Thus JP does not belong to the closed ideal generated by jP+ 1 and the proof is complete.
Corollary: The sets spectra I synthesis. PROOF:
r
1(0) olld
I(li) n j- t (0)
The hull of the ideal generated by fP is
are !lot sets of
I- 1(0).
Since we
233
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
r
found distinct closed ideals having 1(0) as hull,I- I (O) is not of spectral synthesis. The fact that A//, /1) is orthogonal to the ideal generated by fP+ I implies (see corollary 5.7) that ,,£(Ap(/, /1» S;I-I{O). For gEE we have (7.8)
IUf
(g,A//'/t» = L:,(g,e /1) (iuYdu =
t:
(ge
illf
,/1){iu)Pdu
so that if the support of g is disjoint from "£(/1) then (g,A p (/'/1» This means that '£.(Ai/, /1» s; '£.(/1); hence
= 0.
(7.9) 7.6 fn the case B = A(D) we show that /1 and I can be chosen so that C(u), defined by (7.1), goes to zero faster than any (negative) power of 1111. We can take as It simply the Haar measure of D and we shall have I quite explicitly too, but befot:e describing it we make a few observations. We identify the elements of D as sequences {B II } , Bn = 0, I, the group operation being addition mod 2. Functions on D are functions of the infinitely many variables Bn> n = 1,2, .... Denote by Xm the element in D all of whose coordinates except the mth are zero. Denote by Em the subgroup of D generated by X 2m - 1 and X2m, that is. {O, X2m-1> X2m. X 2m - 1 + x 2m }. Denote by /1m the measure having the mass! at each of the points of Em. JIm is the Haar measure on Em and one checks easily that the convolutions III * ... *Ilv converge in the weak-star topology of measures to the Haar measure /1 of D. We '['* /1m' write this formally as /1 =
n
Lemma: Let EI = {xl,· ..• xtl and E2 = {YI> .... ytl be finite sets on agroupG.LetE=E I +E 2 = {Xp+yq,p= 1.... ,k,q=I, .... I} and assume that E has kl points. Let h\ and h2 be (lIlIctions on E sllch that hl(x p + Yq) = gt(x p) and hz(x p + Yq) = gz
(7.10) PROOF: Both sides of (7.1O) are carried by E and have the mass g1(x p )giYq )/11({Xp })/12({y,J) at xp + Yq . ....
The lemma can be generalized either by induction or by direct verification to sums of N set'> EII/' The flaw in notation of denoting by Em first specific sets and then. in the lemma, varia.ble sets (the same
234
An rntroduction to Harmonic Analysis
for 11m) is forgivable in view of the fact that we use the lemma precisely for the sets Em and the measures 11m introduced above. Thus, if hm' m = 1,2, "', are functions on D and if It", depends only on the variables 82m- 1 and 82m' we have
(D
(7.11)
hm) 1l1*'''*/lN = (h t Il 1)*···*(It NIlN)'
We shall have/= LQ",tp", with ifmEA(D), tp", depending only on the variables 62m- I and 62m, and the series converging in the A(D) norm. Using (7.11) and taking weak-star limits, we obtain the convenient formula:
n* x:
eluJ II
(7.12)
=
(e iuam ""J1",) .
1
We recall that the norm of a measure in A(D)* is the supremum of its Fourier transform, and that the Fourier transform of a convolution is the product of the transforms of the factors; thus we obtain co
fI
II eiu{11 II A(O)' <=
(7.13)
I eillam'm11m II A(O)"
I
The functions tp", are defined by: (7.14)
If we denote by (", the character on D defined by (7.15)
then (7.16)
so that tpm E A(D) and "tpm II A(O) = 1. The Fourier transform of the measure ei~'mll", can be computed explicitly: if ~ = gj} Ell then (7.17)
f
<x, (> eia'l'm(JC)dlltn(X) =
=
!(1 +(_1)'1",-I+(_t)C2m+ eia(_J)""'-I+Clm),
which assumes only the three values:
3
+ eia 4
1 - eia 4
ei2
-
4
1
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
It follows that if 1IX
-
1r 1 ~
235
n/3 (mod 2n), then
(7.18)
Theorem: Denoting by p the Haar measure on D, there exist8 a real-valued function jE A(D) such that C(u) = II eiu,p iL~(D). vallishes, a~ I u 1--+ 00, faster than any power of I u I· be a sequence of integers such that LNJ..Tk< 00. 1 for L~-I N j < In ~ L~Nj. We clearly have k = (2n/3) 2< CfJ, so that writing = La",lPm as in k (7.14), we have j E A(D). For 2k ~ II ~ 2 k+ 1 we have 2n/3 ~ ua m ~ 4n/3 for the Nk values of m such that arn = n/3.2 k - 1. For these values it follows from (7.18) that PROOF:
Write am
La",
Let
Nk
= n/3.2k -
r
LN
and consequently, using (7.13), -c
C(u) ~
(7.19)
1111 eiuQmlfmJlm 11.4(0)*
~ U)Nk
1
since all the factors in (7.19) are bounded by 1 and at least NJ.. of them by 1. If we take Nk = 2k k- 2 we obtain C(u) ~ G),,;JOg2 U for u --+ 00, and since for real-valued J, C( - u) = qu), the proof is complete. •
Corollary: There exi~ts a real-valued fE A(D) such that the closed ideal, generated by;n, n = 1,2, ... , are all distinct. bXERCISES FOR SECTION 7 1. Prove that for every function a(lI) such that 1/_1 11 (/1) is monotonic and 2- k a(i) < a:;, there exist') a real-valued function JEA(D) for which C(u) = O(e- aqup ).
L
2. Denote by Ba.' 0 < IX < I, the algebras obtained from A(D) and C(D) by the interpolation procedure described in IV.1. Show that spectral synthesis fails in B•. 8. FUNCflONS THAT OPERATE LN REGULAR BANACH ALGEBRAS
8.1
We again consider regular semisimple Banach algebras with unit.
DEFINITION:
A function F, defined in a set Q in the complex plane, Bwhose range is included in Q.
operates in B if F(.i) E fJ for every .f E
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
236
Theorem 3.9 can be stated as: a function F defined and analytic in an open set n operates in (any) B. Saying that B is self-adjoint is equivalent to saying that F(z) = z operates in B. If B is self-adjoint and regular, we can prove theorem 3.9 and a great deal more without the use of Cauchy's integral formula. We first prove: Lemma: Let B be a reglllar, self-adjoint Banach algebra with maximal ideal space 9Jt Let MoE 9:11 and U be a neighborhood of Mo. Then there exists all elemellt eE B such that e has its support with ill U, = I on some lIeighborhood Vof Mo and 0 ~ ~ I 0119:11.
e
e
By the regularity of B there exists an XE B su~h that x has its support in U and x == 1 in some neighborhood V of Mo. Take e = sin 2 'ltx'I12. (Notice that sin 2 'It.fil2 is well defined by means of power series.) .... PROOF:
r be a cont inuolls function
Theorem: Let x E B and let that ill a neighborhood of F(x), where F(O = F(~ + ill) neighborhood of x(Mo). Then
011
9Jl such
each Mo E 9Jl, f can be writtell as is real-analytic ill ~ alld 1/ ill a fE fj.
Remark: The two points in which this result is more general than theorem 3.9 are: (a) We allow real-analytic functions. (b) We allow many-valued functions (provided F(x(M» can be defined as a continuous function.) PROOF: We show that (At) E B 10caIIy at every point. Let MoE ~Jl and, replacing x by x - x(Mo), we may assume that ,i(Mo) = O. In a nei~orhood of Mo we have f = F(x) where near zero, say for I~I < I and < 1, F(~ + i'1) = La n ,,,,C'1"'. Let U be a smaller neighborhood of M 0 such that x(M) < 1 in U, let eE B have the properties listed in the lemma and write XI = Re(ex) = Hex + ex) and .il = Im(ex). By lemma 3.6 the series L anmx:x~ converges in B and we denote y = Lanmx~x~; then y(M) = F(:i(M» in V. ....
I'll
I
I
8.2 It is not hard to see that operation by analytic (or real-analytic) functions, even in the setup of theorem 8.1 which allows many valued functions, is continuous. This follows from the (local) power series expansion. There is no reason to assume, however, that whenever a fl1nction F operates in a regular semisimple algebra B, the operation is continuous (see exercise 2 at end of this section). Still, the regularity of B
237
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
makes it easy to "condense singularities" which allows us to show that the "bad" behavior of the operation is localized on ~Jl to the neighborhood of a finite Set. The notions, arguments, and results that follow are typical of regular algebras. 8.3 We assume that B is self-adjoint. regular, and with a unit, and we assume for simplicity that F is a continuous function. defined on the real line. and operates in B. F operates boundedly if there exist constants e > Oand
DEFINITION:
Ii I <
Ii
I
K > 0 such that if x( M) is real valued and x e. then F(x) ~ K. t F operates boundedly at ME 9J1, if there exists a neighborhood U M of M and constants e > 0 and K > 0 such that if the support of
is contained in U M and
Ii x I
<e,
then
I F(x) I ~ K.
x
Lemma: F operates boulldedly if, alld only if, it operates bOlllldedly at every M E 9Jl. PROOF: Replacing F by F - F(O) we may assume F(O) = O. It is clear that if F operates boundedly, it does so locally at each ME 9R. Assume that the operation is bounded locally. and pick M I> M 2, ... , "'1. such that the corresponding neighborhoods UM,' ...• cover 9Jl. Let VIt···,V. be open sets such that VjC U Mj and such that {Vj} cover 9Jl. Let !/IjEB be real valued with support inside UM , and !/Ij==- 1 on Vj' and let {!pJ be a partition of the unity in B relative to {JlJ. Let and K j be the constants corresponding to U'\(j and now take > 0 so that for all j, and K = Assume that .rEB is real valued and
u.u .
ej
e
j
ell !/Ijll <ej
I
I
I
IIxil
I
LKjil !pjll. Ilx!/ljll Ilx!1 !!!/Ijll <ej I j' L!P
8.4 Lemma: Let B be a regular, self-adjoint Banach algebra and F a function defined 011 the real line and operating in R. Theil there exists at most a finite number of poillt~ of ~m at which F does not operate boundedly. PROm:: Again we assume, with no loss of generality, that F(O) = O. Assume that F operates unboundedly at infinitely many points in 9Jl and pick a sequence of such points {M j } having pairwise disjoint neighborhoods Vj' We now pick a neighborhood Wi of M j such that
t We denote
by F(x) the element in B whose Gelfand transform is F(.i).
238
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
Wj c Vj' Saying that F does not operate boundedly at M j means that, given any neighborhood WJ of M j and any constants Bj > 0 and K j > 0, there exists a real-valued fjE fJ carried by Wj and such
llij
II,
that I < Bj' I F(fj) I > K j • We take Bj = Tj and K j = 2j I !pj where !pj E 13 is carried by Vj and !Pj == 1 on Wj' We now consider f = and F(f). By the choice of Bj the series definingf converges and consequently fEB and F(f)E fJ. Now
Lh
I F(f) I
~
I
;j
11" r'jF(f) I
~j III' F(fj} il ~ 2j
= W
which gives the desired contradiction.
for aJJ j,
8.5 For some Banach algebras, lemma 8,4 takes us as far as we can go; for others it can be improved. Consider, for instance, an automorphism a of B inducing the change of variables (J on 9Jt If fEB, then F( a f) = F(f( (J M)} = a(F(f)}, which means that the operations by F (on the function) and by (J (on the variables) commute. Since a is a bounded, invertible operator, it follows that F operates boundedly at a point ME 9)1 if and only ifit operates boundedIy at (JM. From this remark and lemma 8,4 it follows that if F does not operate boundedly at ME 911, the set of images of M under all the automorphisms of B is finite. In particular, if for every ME m the set {aM}, a ranging'over all the automorphisms of B, is infinite, then every function that operates in B does so boundedly at every ME 9)1, and consequently, operates boundedly. In particular:
Theorem: Let G be a compact abelian group and F a continuous function defined on the real line. If F operates in A(G), it does so boundedly. The maximal ideal space of A(G) is G. For every y E G the mapping f -.. fy t is an automorphism of A(G) which carries the maximal ideal corresponding to y to that corresponding to 0 E: G. If G is infinite the statement of the theorem follows from the discussion above. If G is finite the operation by F is clearly continuous.
Remark: Since the operation of a function on a Banach algebra is not linear, we cannot usually deduce continuity from bounded ness, nor boundcdness in one baJJ in B from bounded ness in another (see exercise 3 at the end of this section).
t
fy(x) = f(x - y).
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
239
8.6 For some algebras theorem 8.1 is far from being sharp. For instance, if B = C(9n) every continuous function operates in B; if B = Cn(T) every n-times continuously differentiable function operates. For group algebras of infinite LeA groups theorem 8.1 is sharp. We shall prove now that ·for the algebra B = A(T), only analytic functions operate. This is a special case of the following: Theorem: Let G be a nondiscrele LCA group and let F be afunction defined on all interval I oj the real line. Assume that F operates in A(G). Theil F is analytic on I. Remark: If G is not compact, one of our standing assumptions, namely I E B, is not satisfied. Since in this case all the functions in A(G) tend to zero at infinity, we have to add to the statement of the theorem the assumption 0 E 1 since otherwise every function defined on I operates trivially (the condition of operation being void). The theorem can be extended to infinite discrete groups: we have to assume oE I (since discrete and compact implies finite) and the conclusion is that F is analytic at zero (see exercise I at the end of this section). As mentioned above we prove the theorem for G = T; the proof of the general case runs along the same lines (see [24], chapter 6). PROOF OF THE THEOREM (G = T): Let b be an interior point of 1 and consider the function Fl(x) = F(x + b). Fl is defined on 1 - b and clearly operates in A(T). If we prove that F leX) is analytic at x = 0 it would follow that F(x) is analytic at b, so that, in order to prove that F is analytic at every interior point of I we may assume oE int(l) and prove the analyticity of F at O. Once we know that functions that operate are necessarily analytic at the interior points of I we obtain th.! analyticity at the endpoints as follows (we assume, for simplicity, that I = [0, 1] and we prove that F(x) is analytic at x = 0): consider F leX) = F(X2). F I is defined on [ -1,1] and clearly j operates in A(T) so that near x = 0, Fl(x) = L bjx . Now, since 2j FI(x) = F(x 2 ) is even, b 2j - 1 = 0 for all j, so that Fl(x) = 2jX j and F(x) = L b 2j x • The proof wi 1I therefore be complete if, assuming oE int (I), we prove that F is analytic at O. By theorem 8.5, F operates boundedly which means that there exist constants e > 0 and K > 0 such that if fE A(T) is real valued and II f II < e, then II F(!) II < K, Pick a positive rJ. so small that (i) [-rJ.,rJ.] c I, and Cii) rJ.e 5 < e, and consider Fl(x) = F(rJ.sinx). By
Lb
240
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
(i), F t is well defined and it clearly is 21t-periodic and operates in A(T). Now if/ E ACT) is real valued and II/II < 5, then a sin/ is real valued, and, by (ii), Ilasin/ll<e so that IIFt(J)II
(8.1)
+ r) II
< K.
Now a sin x E A(T); hence FIE A(T) and we can write (8.2) in particular, F j is continuous. For real-valued/in ACT), Flf)EA(T) and therefore can be written as
(8.3) Since FI is uniformly continuous on R it follows that
an(/) = 1/21t JFl(~»e-in'dt depends continuously on / and therefore, for each N, the mapping N
(8.4)
/
-t
>. an(/) ein,
"--'
-N
is continuous from the real functions in A(T) into A(T). We conclude from (8.3) that FI(f) is a pointwise limit of continuous functions on A(T), that is, is a Baire function on A(T), and in particular: FI(rp + r) considered as a function of r on [ -1t, 1t] is a measurable vector-valued function which is bounded by K if II rp II ~ 1. It follows that
(8.5) however,
(8.6) as can be checked by evaluating both sides of (8.6) for every t E T, and we rewrite (8.5) as
(8.5') Let us write (8.7)
",t"(II) =
sup I real
II/II~·
\I ell IIA(T);
241
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras then it follows from (8.5') that
IAll I ~
(8.8)
K( _,y(n»-1
and if we show that %(u) grows exponentially with u, it would follow that (8.2) converges not only on the real axis, but in a strip around it, so that F I is analytic on R and, finally, F is analytic at O. All that we need in order to complete the proof is:
Let %(u) be defined by (8.7). Then
Lemma:
%(u)
(8.9)
=
e" .
PROOF: It is clear from the power series expansion of for any Banach algebra
-,y(u) ~
eif
that
eU.
The proof that, for A(T), .A'~(l/) ~ e us based on the following two remarks: (a) Let (, g E A(T), then U
(8.10)
.
I I(t)g(.let) I
-+
II I h I
as .Ie -+
00
(.Ie being integer). We prove (8.10) by noticing that if I is a trigonometric polynomial and .Ie is greater than twice the degree of J. then l(t)g(At) = /Ig For arbitrary IE A(T) and c > 0 we write
I
I
!/I I
I
II·
= fl
+ f2
(b)
If a is positive, then
where /1 is a trigonometric polynomial and If A/2 is greater than the degree of II we have
eiHOSI=
III211 < c I I
II·
1 + iacost + ... so that
(8.11 ) Let u > 0; we pick a large Nand write/= L~ (uIN)coSAjl where the A/S increase fast enough to ensure (8.12)
II
{II
el(u!N)cOsAjl
lis clearly real valued,
I if I
>
1/111
I > =
(1 -
ei(U!N)COSIII
u, and, by (8.11) and (8.12),
(1 -}) (1 + ;
if N is large enough.
~) jU1 II
+
O(~2)f > (l-c)e
U
242
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
This completes the proof of the theorem (for G = T). The lemma is not accidental: the exponential growth of A'(u) is the real reason for the validity of the theorem. The function A'(u) as defined by (8.7) can be considered for any Banach algebra Band if, for some B, .¥(u) does not have exponential growth at infinity, then there exist non analytic functions which operate in E. As an example we can take any F(x) = LAn einx such that An does not vanish exponentially as 00 but such that for all k> 0, L An n < 00 ; F operates in B since for any real-valued fEB, F(f) = einf and the series converges in norm.
In 1->
I I..¥(k,l I) LA;
8.7 We finish this section with some remarks concerning the socalled "individual symbolic calculus" in regular semisimple Banach algebras. Inasmuch as "symbolic calculus" is the study of functions that operate in an algebra and of their mode of operation, individual symbolic calculus is the study of the functions that operate on a fixed clement in the algebra. Let us be more precise. We consider a regular, semisimple Banach algebra (identify it with its Gelfand transform) and say that a function F operates on an element fE B if the domain of F contains the range off and Fer) E B. It is clear that a function F operates in B if it operates on every fEB with range contained in the domain of F. It is also clear that for each fixed fE B, the set of functions that operate on f is a function algebra on the range of f; we denote this algebra by [I]. For FE [f] we write II F II [fl = II F(f) liB and with this norm [I] is a normed algebra. If we denote by [[I]] the subalgebra of B consisting of the elements F(f), Fe [I], it is clear that the correspondence F +-+ F(f) is an isometry of [f] onto [[fJ]' Since [[fJ] consists of all g c B which respect the level lines of f(i.e., such thatf(M t ) =f(M 2 ) => geM]) = g(M 2 », [[I]] and [I] are Banach algebras. We say that [[I]] is the subalgebra generated formally by f; it clearly contains the subalgebra generated by j (which corresponds to the closure of the polynomials in [I]). It should be noted that the "concrete" algebra [I] depends on f more than [[I]]. The latter depends only on the level lines of.r and is the same, for example, if v.e replace a real-valued f by f3. Even if tbe ranges of / and ,[3 are the same we usually have [I] i= [t 3 j. If f is real valued, [J] always contains nonanalytic functions. In if fact, since I: e II,,, = I, it follows from lemma 3.6 that
243
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras lim II in/lll/n = 1 11 .... 00
and there exists therefore a sequence {An} that does not vanish exponentially such that LAn /n/eonverges in norm; hence F(x)= LAneinx belongs to [J]. The fact that {An} does not vanish exponentially implies that F(x) is not analytic on the entire real line but it can still be analytic on portions thereof which may contain the range of f. So we impose the additional condition that An = 0 unless n = m!, m = 1,2, ... , which implies that LAneinx is analytic nowhere on R.
8.8 Individual symbolic calculus is related to the problem of spectral synthesis in B. Assume for instance that the range of / is [ -1,1] and that [J] s em ([ -1,1]), m ~ 1. Since in em, F(x) = x does not belong to the ideal generated by x 2 , and since (theorem 4.1) the imbedding of [J] in em is continuous, / does not belong to the ideal generated by F in [[JJl This does not mean a-priori that the same is true in B. We do have a linear functional v on [[J]] which is orthogonal to (F) and such that (J, v) #- 0 and we can extend it by the HahnBanach theorem to a functional on B; there is no reason, however, to expect that the support of the extended functional should always be contained in/-I(O). If v can be extended to B with I(v) sj -1(0), spectral synthesis fails in B. Going back to em one identifies immediately a functional orthogonal to the ideal generated by x 2 but not to x; for instance, (j', the derivative (in the sense of the theory of distributions) of the point mass at zero, which assigns to every FE: em the value of its derivative at the origin. In [[J]] the corresponding functional can be denoted /'. by (j'(f) and remembering that the Fourier transform of 8' is (j'(u) = - iu one may try to extend (j'(f) to B using the Fourier inversion formula (j'(f) = 1/2rr!(iu) e iu/ duo St:-ictly speaking this is meaningless, but it provided the motivation for theorem 7.5. EXERCISES FOR SECTION 8
1. Let B be a semisimple Banach algebra without unit and with discrete maximal ideal space. Show that every function F analytic near zero and satisfying F(O) = 0, operates in B. 2. As in chapter I, LiPI(T) denotes the subalgebra of C(T) con-
.. slstmg
0
r
t he
f unctIOns . [
. f ymg . l>atls sup I, "'I,
'I[(tl) - /«(2) ---(1 -
f2
I < co.
244
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
(a) Find the functions that operate in Lip 1(T). (b) Show that every function which operates in LiP! (T) is bound'ed in every ball. (c) Show that F(x) = I x I does not operate continuously at I = sin t. 3. Assume that F is defined on R and operates in A(T). Assume that for every r> 0 there exists K = K(r) such that if I is real valued and I I IIA(T) ;;;; r, then II FU) IIA(T) < K(r). Show that F is the restriction to R of an entire function. 4. Let B be a regular, semisimple, self-adjoint Banach algebra with a unit. Assume that F(x) = ~r;l operate') boundedly in B. Prove that B = C(9J1). Hint: Use theorem 3.8. 5. Use the construction of section 7 to show that for the algebra B = A(D), %(11) has exponential growth at infinity; hence prove theorem 8.6 for the case G = D. 6. Let a(lI) be a positive function, 0 < u < 00, such that a(u) ;;;; t and a(u) -t 0 as u -t 00. Show that there exists a real-valued IE A(T) such that iuf " e /I :2; eU~(u) . 7. (a)
IIf
re,)
=
Show
that if
q{f, r) E A(T2),
then
for every
rET,
T(t, r), considered as a function of t alone, belongs to A(T)
and IllIft(f) IIA(T) ;;;; I 'Ii I A(T2). Furthermore: IIf r(f) is a continuous A(T)-valued function of r. (b) Prove: for every function 11.(11) as in exercise 6 above, there exists a real-valued g E A(T2) whose range contains [ - 1T, 1TJ and such that if F(x) ~ Aneinx E [g], then An = O(e -In,aOnl>). Hint: Take g(t, T)
L
+ 5 sin T,
where I is a function constructed in exercise 6 above. Apply part (a) and the argument of 8.6. (c) Deduce theorem 8.6 for the case G = T2 from part (b). = I(f)
9. THE ALGEBRA M(T) AND FUNCTIONS THAT OPERATE ON FOURlER-STIELTJES COEl<'I<'ICIENTS In this section we study the Banach algebra of measures on a nondi~crcte LeA group. We shall actually be more ~pccific and consider M(T); this in order to avoid some (minor) technical difficulties while presenting all the basic phenomena of the general casc. 9.1 We have little information so far about the Banach algebra M(T). We know that for every nEZ, the mapping f1. - t {i(n) is a multiplicative linear functional on M(T); this identifie~ Z as part of the maximal
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
245
ideal space 9,n of M(T). How big a part of 9R is Z? We have one negative indication: since 9)l is compact the range of every fl on 9R is compact and therefore contains the closure of the sequence {{l(n)}nEZ, which may well be uncountable (e.g., if {l(n) = cos /I, n E Z). Thus 9R is uncountable and is therefore much bigger than Z. But we also have a positive indication: a measure jJ. is determined by its FourierStieltjes coefficients, that is. if fl = 0 on Z then fI = 0 and therefore fl = 0 on 9)1. This proves that M(T) is semisimple and may suggest the following question: (a) Is Z dense in 9.n? Other natural questions are: (b) Is M(T) regular? (c) fs M(T) self-adjoint?
Theorem: There exists a measure lIE M(T) .wcl! that {l is rea/valued all Z but is not real valued all 9)1. Corollary:
The answer to all titre!' qllestions above is "/lo."
PROOF OF THE COROLLARY: It is clear that the theorem implies that Z is not dense in 9Jt If M E ~m is not in the closure of Z, there is no II E M(T) such that {l = 0 on Z while fl(M) #- 0 (since fl = 0 on Z implies jJ. = 0); so M(T) is not regular. Finally: if jJ. is a measure with real-valued Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients and if for some v E M(T), v = on 9Jl, we have v = {l on Z, hence v = It and fl = on 9,n which means that {l is real valued on 9)1. Thus, if II has the properties
li
li
described in the theorem, then 9.2
In the proof of theorem 9.1 we shall need
Lemma: j
li tt M(T).
Let G J and G2 be disjoiJl(t subgroups jJ.j be carried by Ej,j
= 1,2, be compact. Let
0/ T a/ld let E j = 1,2. Then
C
Gj ,
(9.1)
I I
Let e > 0 and let flJj be continuous on E j , satisfying flJj ~ 1 and !pjdjJ.j ;S 1I/Ij II - f:, The function t/J(t + r) = g'J(t)!P2(r) is well defined and continuous on E1 + E2 (this is where we use the fact that Ej are contained in disjoint subgroup~) and PROOF'
f
t That
IS:
GJ nG2 = {O},
246
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
f
if! d(pt
which implies
* pz) =
ff
if!(t
+ r) dpt dpz =
f f
I Pt * liz!! ~ (II JII I - e)(11 JIzll -
IJll dpt
e).
IJlz dpz
...
9.3 PROOF OF 9.1: We construct a measure Jl E M(T) with real FourierStieltjes coefficients and such that forn~O.
(9.2)
By lemma 3.6 it follows that the spectral norm of eill is equal to e which means that Im(M = -1 somewhere on 9](. Let E be a perfect independent set on T (see VI.9.4). Let v be a continuous measure carried by E and v# the symmetric image of v, defined by v#(F) = v( -F) for all measurable sets F. v# is clearly carried by - E and if we write Jl = v + v# We have jl(n) = 2 Re (V(Il» for all n E Z. We claim that for such Jl (9.2') Let N be a large integer and write E as a union of N disjoint closed subsets E j such that the norm of the portion of JL carried by EJ U - Ej , call it JI j, is precisely II JIll N - I. (Here we use the fact that Jl is continuous.) Now e iflJ = (j + iJlj + [a measure whose norm is O(N-Z)] where (j is the identity in M(T), that is, the unit mass concentrated at the origin. We have I (j + iJIj I = 1 + I JIliN-I and N
/fl
= n * e illj = 1
N
n*
«(j
+ iJIj) + P
1
where p is a measure whose norm is O(N-'). Since E is independent the Ej generate disjoint subgroups of T and, by lemma 9.2, I ill II = (1 + II JIIIN-1)N + O(N- 1); as N -+ ro, (9.2') follows. It is now clear that if we normalize Jl to have norm 1 and apply (9.2') to "/1 we have (9.2). ... Remark: Since the measure Jl, described above, has norm 1, its spectrum lies in the disc z ~ l. The only point in the unit disc whose imaginary part is -1 is z = - i. It follows that -1 is in the spectrum of JI2 which means that () + JL2 is not invertible. The Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients of (j + Jl2 are 1 + CU(II»Z ~ 1 (since {.I.(n) is real-valued) and yet (I + (fJ.(1I»2)-' are not the Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients of any measure on T. This phenomenon was discovered by Wiener and Pitt.
II
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
247
9.4 DEFINITION: A function F, defined in some subset of C, operates on Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients if {F(J1(n»}neZ is a sequence of Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients for every J.I. E M(T) such that {J1(n)}nez is contained in the domain of definition of F. Since Z is not the entire maximal ideal spaee of M(T) there is no reason to expect that if F is holomorphic on its domain, it operates on Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients; and by the remark above, the function defined on R by F(x) = (1 + X 2)-1 does not operate on FourierStieltjes coefficients. This is a special case of
Theorem: Let F he defined in all interval 1£ R and assume that it operates Oil FOllrier-Stieltjes coefficients. Then F is the restriction to I of an entire function. The theorem can be proved along the same lines as 8.6. The main difference is that one shows that if F operates on Fourier-Sticltjes coefficients, the operation is bounded in every ball of M(T) (rather than some ball, as in the case of A(G», that is, for all r > 0 there exists a K = K(r) such that if II J.l.11 ~ rand P.(n) E 1 for all nEZ, then F(p.(n» are the Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients of a measure of norm ~ K. We refer to [24], chapter 6 and to exercises 6 through 9 at the end of this section for further details. 9.5 The individual symbolic calculus on M(T) is also more restrictive than an individual symbolic calculus can be in a Banach algebra considered as function algebra on the entire maximal ideal space. There exist measures J.I. in M(T) with real-valued Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients such that every continuous function which operates on J.I. must be the restriction to R of some function analytic in a disc (see exercise 10 at the end of this section). This suggests that portions of the maximal ideal space of M(T) may carry analytic stlucture. EXERCISES FOR SECTION 9 1. Let Il E M(T) be such that II e"P II = elaillpil for all a E C. Show that {Il"}, n = 0, 1,2, ... , are mutually singular. 2. Let E be a linearly independent compact set on T and let J1 be a continuous measure carried by E U- E. Show that {pn}, n = 0,1,2, ... , are mutually singular. 3. Show that if p E M(T), {i(n) is real for all n EZ and pn are mutually singular for n = 1,2, ... , then Il is continuous.
248
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
4. Deduce theorem 9.1 from theorem 9.4. 5. Let /'j' j = 1,2, ... , be positive numbers such that rj/rj_l and r)rj_l ~ 0 as j~ 00. Show that cp(n) = [lfcosrjn, nEZ are the Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients of a measure fl, and that fl" are mutually singular, n = 1,2, .... Hint: Show that if rj_1/rj > M for all j, then {I/}~= I are mutually singular. 6. Let F be continuous on [-1,1] and F(O) = O. Show that the following two conditions are equivalent: (i) If J1 E M(T), J1 < rand - I ~ fJ,(n) < 1 for all n, then {F(ji(n»} are the Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients of some measure F(II) F(fl) E M(T) such that F(J1) 1111(T) < K. int (ii) Jf - 1 ~ an S 1 and P = an e is a polynomial satisfying int P < r, then F(an)e < K. Also show that in (ii) we may add the assumption that the an are rational numbers without affecting the equivalence of (i) and (ii). 7. (For the purpose of this exercise) we say that a measure J1 contains a polynomial P if for appropriate m and M, pen) = Ii(m + nM) for all integers n which are bounded in absolute value by twice the degree d of P. Notice that if J1 contains P then
I II'(T) I
I IILI(T)
I
II
IILI(T)
P(Mt) = Vd(Mt)
I pIILI(T)
* (e -imt fl)
flIIM(T)'
and consequently ~211 Show that there exists a measure J1 with real Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients, J111 ~ 2, and J1 contains every polynomial P, with rational coefficients, such that ~ 1. Hint: Show that for every sequence of integers {NJ there exists a sequence of integers {AJ such that, writing '\ = {k}·Jf!, 1 and A = U jA j , every function IE C h (see chapter V for the notation
I
I pIILI(T)
II./j I
CA) can be written I = If}, with Ij E Chi' and I ~ ~ 211 f II· Deduce, using the Hahn-Banach theorem, that if the numbers aj.k ikt are such that for each j, 1 aj.k e ~ 1, then there exists < 2 and fJ,(k)') = aj.k for a measure J1 E M(T) such that appropriate J. j and I ~ k ~ N j • If the numbers aj.k above are real, one can replace fl by 1(J1 + fl*)· 8. Let F be defined and continuous on R and assume that it operates on Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients. Prove that the operation is bounded on every ball of M(T). Hint: Use exercises 6 and 7 above; show that
I If!'
I ILu(T)
I
IIM(T)
IIV(T) I J1IIM\T)
v < r then F(v) :S 211 F(rfl) II '>I(T)' 9. Prove theorem 9.4. 10. Show that if F is defined and continuous on R and if F(fJ,(n» are Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients, fl being the measure introduced in
if
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
249
exercise 7, then F is analytic at the origin. If F(kf1(n» are FourierStieltjes coefficients for all k, then F is entire. 11. Let Jl E M(T) be carried by a compact independent set and assume that {len) ~ 0 as n ~ ro. (Such measures exist: see [25]') Let B be the closed subalgebra of M(T) generated by L I(T) and Jl. (a) Check that theorems 9.1 and 9.4 are valid if we replace in their statement M(T) by B. (b) Notice that the restriction of fJ to Z is a function algebra on Z, intermediate between A(Z) and Co both of which have Z as maximal ideal space, and yet its maximal ideal space is larger than Z.
II
10. THE USE OF TENSOR PRODUCTS
In this final section we prove a theorem concerning the symbolic calculus and the failing of spectral synthesis in some quotient algebras of A(R). The theorem and its proof are due to Varopoulos and serve here as an illustration of a general method which he introduCed. We refer to [26] for a systematic account of the use of tensor algebras in harmonic analysis.
10.1 Let E c R be compact. We denote by A(E) the algebra of functions on E which are restrictions to E of elements of A(R). A(E) is canonically tdentified with the quotient algebra A(R)jk(£) (where k(E) = {J;fE A(R) and f = 0 on E}) and is therefore a Banach algebra with E as the space of maximal ideals (see 5.5). The main theorem of this section is: Theorem:
Let E1 , E2 be Ilonempty perfect subsets of R such that
E 1 U E2 is a Kronecker set. Put E = E I + E2 t. Then: (a) Every function F, defined on R, which operates in A(E) is allalytic. (b) Spectral
synthesis fails in A(E). Remarks: (i) We place E on R for the sake of technical simplicity and in accordance with the general trend of this book. Only minor modifications are needed in order to place E in an arbitrary nondiscrete LCA group, obtaining thereby a proof of Malliavin's theorem 7.4 in its full generality. (ii) We shall actually prove more, namely: A(E) is isomorphic to a
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
250
fixed Banach algebra (subsections to..2, to.3, and 1O.4) for which (a) and (b) are valid (subsection 10.5). 10.2 Let X and Y be compact Hausdorff spaces and X x Y their cartesian product. We denote by V = VeX, Y) the projective tensor product of C(X) and C(Y); that is, the space of all continuous functions ({i on X x Y that admit a representation of the form (l0.1) with JJ E C(X), gj E C(Y), and (10.2)
')
IIJJII""iJgjll"" <
ro.
We introduce the norm (10.3) where the infimum is taken with respect to all possible representations of ({i in the form (10.1). It is immediate to check that the norm is multiplicative and that V is complete; thus V is a Banach algebra.
I Ilv
Lemma:
The maximal ideal space of V can be identified canonically
with X x Y. Denote by VI (resp. V2 ) the subalgebra of V consisting of the functions T(X, y) which depend only on x (resp. only on y). It is clear that VI and V2 are canonically isomorphic to C(X) and C( Y) respectively. A multiplicative linear functional W on V induces, by restriction multiplicative linear functionals WI on VI and w2 on V2 • By corollary,2.12, WI has the form f ~ f(xo} for some Xo EX; w 2 has the form g~ g(yo) for some Yo E Y, and it follows that if PROOF:
tp(x, y) = ~ f;{x)g/y), then Corollary:
Weep) = )' .~{xo)gh'o) = ({i(Xo,yo). V is semisimple, self-adjoint, and regular.
to.3 We assume now that X is homeomorphic to a compact abelian group G (more precisely, to the underlying topologicaJ space of G) and that Yis homeomorphic to a compact abelian group H. We denote both homeomorphisms X -+ G and Y -+ H by rI. rI induces canonically a homeomorphism of X x Yonto G e3 H, and hence an isomorphism of C(G $ H) onto C(X x Y).
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
Lemma: The canonical isomorphism of C(G Ea H) onto C(X maps A(G Ea H) into V.
251
x Y)
PROOF: Let X be a character on G Ea H and let X be its image under the canonical isomorphism, namely
(10.4)
X(x,y)
=
X(ux,uy).
Since X(ux,uy) = X(ux,O)X(O,uy) we have (10.5) so that X E V and
X(x,y) = X(x,O)X(O,y)
1Ix II y = 1.
!p = L azX, L Iaz I. The image
If!p E A(G Ea H) then
---------
the summation extending over G E9 H and II !p I ... = of !p under the canonical isomorphism is tp = L azX and therefore
II tp II y ~ L Ia z I = 11!p I ...· If !p E A(G Ea H) depends
<4
only on the first variable, that is, if cp(x, y) = l/J(x), then l/J E A(G). Assuming G to be infinite we have A(G) i= C(G) and it follows that the image of A(G Ea H) in V does not contain VI and is therefore a proper part of V. The connection between A(G E9 H) and V is only that of (canonical) inclusion, which is too loose for obtaining information for one algebra from the other. A closer look reveals, however, that the structure needed for the lemma is not the group structure on G or on H but only the cartesian structure of G E9 H, while in order to show that the image of A(G E9 H) is not the entire V we use the group structure of G. The idea now is to keep the useful structure and obliterate the hampering one; this is the reason for the appeal to Kronecker sets. 10.4 Theorem: Lei E1> E2 , and E be as in the statement of theorem 10.1. Let X and Y be homeomorp/tic to the (classical) Cantor set. Then A(E) is isomorphic to V(X, V). l'ROOF: We begin by noticing that El and E2 , being portions of a Kronecker set, are clearly totally disconnected and, being perfect and nonempty, are homeomorphic to the Cantor set. Thus, X, Y, E I • and E2 are all homeomorphic and we simplify the typography by identifying X with £1 and Y with E 2 • Since El U E2 is independent (being a Kronecker set) the mapping (x, y) -> x + y is a homeomorphism of X x Y on E. We now show that the induced mapping of C(£) onto C(X x Y) maps A(E) onto V. The fact that A(£) is mapped
252
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
into V (and that the mapping is of norm 1) is a verbatim repetition of to.3. We therefore have only to prove that the mapping is surjective (i.e. that it maps A(E) onto V). We shall need:
Lemma: Let E be a Kronecker set. Then every IE C(E) can be Unx written as I(x) = L a.e wilh L I an I < 31i I Ile(£'). III particular: A(E) = C(E) and II/IIA(£) ~ 311/11",,· PROOF OF THE LEMMA: It is enough to show that if /E C(E) IS real iA valued, then 1= La.e •oX with L lanl = / + ig has modulus 1 on E. Let 21 be such that I G - eiAlXI < 1~ on £; this implies cos 21 x I < ~ on E.
If -
If II I II "" is not 1 we consider II I 11"::/ I and obtain }:I such that 1/-II/II",cosJ.lxl <
/0 111 il'"
on
E.
We now proceed by induction. Define 01 = 11111"" Al as above, and = 1- a l cos AIX; once we have ai' ... , an,).!> ... , An, and /,., define a.+ 1 = II!.. II '''' )'n+ 1 by the condition lin - an+I cos 2.+ 1 I < an + 1/ 10, n 1 and /,.+ 1 =!.. - an + 1 cos ),.+ I = I - L / ajcos Ajx. We clearly have an + I < 0,,/10 < II f II "" to-" and it follows that
/1
l>.
Lfancos),,,x with Llanl = < II/II"'(L~ to-II) < ~II/II",,· Writing cos A.X = !Ce onx + e- i).nX ) we obtain I as a series of exponentials. "'II
/=
Remark. A(E) is actually iSQllletric to e(E); see exercise 2 at the end of this section. PROOF OF THE THEOREM, COMPLETED: We identify X x Y with E, and V with the subalgebra of C(E) consisting of the functions cp which admit a representation
(10.6) where Ij E: C(E I ), gj EO C(E 2 ) such that (10.2) is valid. All that we need to show is that if cp E V then cp E A(E). Let cp E Vand consider a representation of the form (10.6) such that (10.7) Using the lemma we write each Ij as an exponential series (E I , being a portion of a Kronecker set, is itself one) and similarly for the gj.
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
253
Denoting the frequencies appearing in thel's by). and those appearing in the g's by v, and taking account of (10.6) and (10.7), we obtain (lO.8)
tp(x
L
+ y) =
a.l. 1 e
iAX
ivy e
,
A.I
where
L la y.
(10.9)
v'
~
18 11
cpllv.
We now use the fact that El V E2 is a Kronecker set: let (A, \.) be a pair which appears in (to.8) and define
h is clearly continuous and of modulus 1 on EI V E2 and it follows that there exists a real number such that
e
(10.10)
I
,ei{X _ hex) < 1/200
which means that (with the canonical identifications)
We can now write
cp
= {}I
{} 1(x
+
CPJ where
+ y) = L.. "\'
aJ.v ei{(X ~ y)
and
and notice that {jl '= A(E) and, by (10.9),
also
Repeating, we obtain inductively Cf'n = {}n+1
where
+ rpn+1
254
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
I {}n+ 1 IIA(E) ~ 18119'n I v, and II ({in + 1 'Iv < ~ l19'n I v' It follows that n ({i = L rfn EA(E) and II ({i IIA(E) ~ 18( I~ 5- ) II ({i IIv ~ 25 11 ({i IIv.
(10.11)
(10.12)
= f(x + y);
for ((iEC(DxD), writePg;(x)= !nq;(x-y,y)dY .
M maps C(D) into C(D x D), P maps C(O x D) into C(O), and, since for fE C(D);
=
PMf(x)
ID Mf(x - y,y)dy = Lf(X)dY =/(x),
it follows that PM is the identity maps of C(O).
Lemma: M lI1ap~ A(D) il1to V and its norm as such is l. P maps V into A(D) and its norm as such is 1. PROOF:
Iff=
La;cX with L laxl
Mf=2: a xx(X)x(Y)EV and
=
IIfIIA(D) < ro then
I Mfllv
~
21a x l =
IIfIlA(o)'
If ((i(x,y)=f(x)g(y) then P({i =
f
f(x - y)g(y)dy = f* g;
hence
I P({i IIA(D) =
:> li(x)g(x) I ~ (2 Vex) 12)1/\21 g(x) 12)1/2
=
(10.13)
By (10.13) and the definition (10.3) of the norm in V it follows that for
VIII. Commutative Banach Algebras
255
Corollary: Let tpE C(D x D) and assume that for some t/J E C(D) we have tp(x, y) = t/J(x + y). Then tp E V if, alld only if, t/J E A(D), and
then
I tp Ilv = I t/J 11.-4(0)'
In other words, M is an isometry of A(D) onto the closed subalgebra V3 of V of all the functions tp(x, y) which depend only on x + y. Remark: The subalgebra V3 is determined by the "level lines": x + y = const, which clearly depend on the group structure of D. Instead of D we can take any group G whose underlying topological space is homeomorphic to the Cantor set; for every such G, V has a closed subalgebra isometric to A(G). We are now ready to prove:
Theorem: (a) Every function F, defined on R, which operates ill V is analytic. (b) Spectral synthesis is not always possible in V. (a) If F operates in V, ~o it does in V3 (since the operation by F conserves the level lines), hence in A(D) and by theorem 8.6 (rather, exercise 8.5), F is analytic. (b) Let H cD be a closed set which is not a set of spectral synthesis for A(D) (&ee theorem 7.4). Define: PROOF:
H*
=
{(x,y);x+YEli}cD xD.
We contend that H* is not a set of spectral synthesis in V. By 7.3 we have a function fEA(D) which vanishes on H and which cannot be approximated by functions in I o(J/) (i.e., functions that vanish in a neighborhood of H). Thus for some b> 0, g 11..4(D) > b for every gE1o(H). We show that 11* is not of spectral synthesis for V by show~ ing that MJ, which clearly vanishes on H*, satisfies 11M f - rp > [) for every ({i E V which vanishes in a neighborhood of H*. For this we notice that if tp vanishes on a neighborhood of H*, Ptp vanishes on a neighborhood of ll; now
Ilf -
Ilv
I Mf- tp Ilv ~ I PMf -
Ptp
I!AW)
=
II! -
Ptp IIA(D) > 6.
~
Theorems 10.4 and 10.5 clearly imply theorem 10.1. I::XERCISES FOR SECTION 10 I. Let f be a continuous complex-wlued function on a topological space X. Assum~ 0 < f(x) ~ 1 on X. Show that f admits a unique r~prc~entation in the form f = ~ (gl + g2) such that g/x) 1 on
I
I
I
I-
256
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
X and gj are continuous, j ~ 1,2. Deduce that if X is homeomorphic to the Cantor set, every continuous complex-valued function Ion X admits representations of the form 1= t 1/ "lgJ + g2) + IJ \\here 8j are continuous, I g/x) I = 1 on X, and Ii IJ /I 00 is arbitrarily small. 2. Let B be a Banach space with the norm 1/ 110 and let Bl c: 8 be a subspace which is a Banach space under a norm I I J such that the imbedding of 8 1 in B is continuous. Assume that there exist constants K > 0 and 0 ~ 'I < 1 such that for every IE B there exist gE Bl
III
and 11 E B satisfying I = g - 11' I g 111 ~ K II 1110' and II 11110 -" I 1110' Show that 8 J - B and II 111 ~ K(l - ,,)-1 110' Use this and exercise 1 to prove remark 10.4. H inl: See either proof in 10.4.
Appendix
Vector-Valued Functions
J.
RIEMANN INTEGRATION
Consider a Banach space B and let F be a B-valued function, defined and continuous on a compact interval [a, b] c: R. We define the (Riemann) integral of F on [a, b] in a manner completely analogous to that used in the Case of numerical functions, namely: DEFINITION: j;F(x)dx =
lim I~=O(Xj+l - xj)F(xj) where
and the limit is taken as the subdivision {xJ;~ I becomes t1ner and finer, that is: as N -+ (1) and maxO;U~N(Xj+l - Xi) -+ O. The existence of the limit is proved, as in the case of numerical functions, by showing that if {Xj} and {Yk} are subdivisions of [a,b] which are fine enough to ensure that I F(a) - F(P) II < I: whenever a and P belong to the same interval [xj,X j + 1] (or [Yk'Yk+l])' then
II
i
j~O
(xj+1-xj)F(x) -
i
(Yk+l-Yk)F(Yk)1I
< 2(b-a)e.
k~O
This is done most easily by comparing either sum to the sum corresponding to a common refinement of {xJ} and {.I'd. The following properties of the integral so defined are obvious: (1) If F and G are both continuous B-valued functions on [a, b], and Cl,C 2 EC, then:
i
h
(c1F(x) + c 2 G(x»dx = c)
i
257
b
F(x)dx
+
C2
.r
G(x)dx.
258 (2)
(4)
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis If a< c < b then
.r
F(x)dx
=
{t'
F(x)dx
If 11 is a continuolls linear functional
rhF(X)dX.
011
B, then:
(lJ
l1
2.
+
F(x)dx,ll> =
./0
IMPROPER I:-.lTEGRALS
Let F be a B-valued function, defined and continuous in a nonclosed interval (open or half-open; finite or infinite) say «(I, b). The (improper) integral j: F(x) dx is, by definition, the limit of j::F(x)dx where a < a' < b' < b and the limit is taken as a'-a and b' - b. As in the.case of numerical functions the improper integral need not always exist. A sufficient condition for its existence is ib/lF(X)/fdX < w.
3. MORE GENERAL INTEGRALS
Once in this book (in VIII.8) we integrate a vector-valued function which we do not know a-priori to be continuous. It is, however. the pointwise limit of a sequence of continuous functions and is therefore Bochner-integrable. We refer the reader to [10], chapter 3, §l, for details on the Bochner integral; we point out also that for the purpose of VIII.8, as well as in other situations where the integral is used mainly to evaluate the norm of a given vector, one can ob\iate the vectorvalued integration by applying linear functionals to the integrand before the integration. 4.
HOLOMORPHIC VECTOR-VALUED FUNCTIONS
A B-valued function F(z), defined in a domain Q £: Cis !1O!omorphic in Q if for every continuous linear functional 11 on B, the numerical fUllction h(z) =
Appendix
259
This condition is equivalent to the apparently stronger one stating that for each Zo E n, F has the representation F(z) = L~=oan(z - zo)" in some neighborhood of Zo; the coefficients an being vectors in B and the series converging in norm. One proves that, as in the case of complex-valued functions, the power series expansion converges in the largest disc, centered at zo, which is contained in n. These results are consequences of the uniform boundcdness theorem (see [10], chapter 3, §2). Many theorems about numerical holomorphic functions have their generalizations to vector-valued functions. The generalizations of theorems dealing with "size and growth" such as the maximum principle, the theorem of Phragmen-Lindelof, and Liouville's theorem are almost trivial to generalize. For instance: the form of Liouville's theorem which we use in VIlJ.2.4 is Theorem: Let F be a bounded entire B-valued function. Then F is a constant. PRoor: If F(z\) #- F(z2) there should exist p. E B* such that (F(z J,p) i= (F(Z2)'P.). However, for all,u E B*, (F(z),p.) is a bounded (numerical) entire function and hence, by Liouville's theorem, is a constant.
Another theorem which we usc in IV.I.3 is an immediate consequence of the power series expansion. We refer to Theorem: Let F be a B-valued function holomorphic in a domain Let 'Jl be a B*-valued function ill n, holomorphic in z. Then h(z) =
n.
PROOF: Let Zo En; in some disc around it F(z) = Laiz - zor, 'Jl(z) = L bn(z--"z-;;)",henceh(z) = L (L~;o
Remark:
<J>
of IV.I.3 corresponds to \ji here.
Bibliography
I. Bary, N. K., A treatise on trigonometric series. Macmillan, 1964. 2. Bohr, H., Almost periodic functions. Chelsea, 1947. 3. Carleman, T., L'integrale de Fourier et questions qui s'y rattachent. Almqvist and WikseJl, Uppsala, 1944. 4. Carleson, L., On convergence and growth of partial sums of Fourier series. Acta Math. 116 (1966), 135-157. 5. Gelfand, 1. M., Raikov, D. A., and Shilov, G. E., Commutatil'e nomled rings. Chelsea, 1964. 6. Gleason, A., Function algebras. Seminars on analytic functions, Vol. 1I. Institute for Advanced Study, Princeton, N.J., 1967, pp. 213-226. 7. Goldberg, R'-J FOllrier transforms. Cambridge Tracts, No. 52, 1962. 8. Hardy, G. H., and Rogozinski, W. W., Fourier series. Cambridge Tracts, No. 38, 1950. 9. Hewitt, E., and Ross, K. A., Abstract harmonic analysis. Springer-Verlag, 1963. 10. Hille, E., and Phillips, R. S., Functional analysis and semigroups. A.M.S. Colloquium Publications, Vol. XXXI, 1957. 11. Hoffman, K., Banach spaces of analytic functions. Prentice-Hall, 1962. 12. Hunt, R. A., On the convergence of Fourier series. Proceedings of the Conference on Orthogonal Expansions and Their COlltinuous Allalogues. Southern Illinois University Press, 1968, pp. 234-255. 13. Kahane, J.-P., and Salem, R., Ensemhles parfaits et series trigonometriqlles. Hermann, 1963. 14. Kaufman, R., A functional method for linear sets. Israel J. Math. 5 (1967), 185-187. 15. Loomis, L., Abstract harmonic analysis. Van Nostrand, 1953. 16. Lorch, Lee, The principal term in the asymptotic expansion of the Lebesgue constantS. Am. Math. Monthly 61 (1954),245-249. 17. Mandelbrojt, S., Series Adherenles, regularisation . ... Gauthier-Villars, 1952. 18. Mikusinski, J. G., Une simple demonstration du thcoreme de Titchmarsh .... Bull. Acad. Polonaise des Sci. 7 (1959),715-717. 19. Naimark, M. A., Normed rings. P. Noordhoff N. Y., 1964. 20. Paley, R.E.A.C., and Wiener, N., FOllrier transforms ill' the complex domain. A.M.S. Colloquium Publications, Vol. XIX, 1934. 21. Rickart, C. E., Gel/era! theory of Banach algebras. Van Nostrand, 1960. 22. Royden, H. L., Real analysis. Macmillan, 1963. 23. Rudin, W., Real and complex analysis. McGraw-Hili, 1966.
261
262
An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis
24. Rudin, W., Fourier l11I(]lysis on groups. Interscience, 1962. 25. Rudin, W., Fourier-Stieltjes transforms of measures on independent sets. Bull. A.M.S. 66 (1960),199-202. 26. Varopoulos, N. T., Tensor algebra and harmonic analysis. Acta Math. 119 (1967) 51-111. 27. Wiener, N., The Fourier integral and certain 0/ its applications. Cambrid'ge (1967), 1933. 28. Zygmund, A., Trigonometric series, 2nd ed. Cambridge University Press, 1959.
Index
Almost-periodic functions, 155, 191 Abnost-pcriodic pseudo-measure, 166 Analytic measures, 88
Divergence, set of, 55 Dual group, 189 Fatou,21 Fejer's kernel, 12, 124 Fejer's lemma, 17 Fejer's theorem, 18 Fourier coefficients, 3, 34 Fourier series, a, 3 of an almost-periodic function, 164 of a function, 3 of a functional, 34 Fourier-Carleman transform, 179 Fourier-Gelfand transform, 207 Fourier-Stieltjes coefficients, 37 Fourier-Stieltjes series, 37 Fourier-Stieltjes transform, 131, 191 Fourier transform, for LI, 120, 190 for LP(R), 1 P ~ 2, 139 Function algebra, 203 normal, 221 regular, 221
Banach algebra, 194 regular, 223 Basis (for T), 8 Bernstein's inequality, 17, 154 Bernstein's theorem, 32 Bessel's inequality, 28 Beurling-Helson, 217 Blaschke product, 84 Bochner, 97, 137 Bohr, 167 Bohr compactification, 192 Bohr group, 192 Cantor set, 188,231 Canonical factorization, 85 Carleson,59 Character, 188 Complete direct sum, 187 Conjugate, of a trigonometric series, 3 Conjugate Fourier series, 3 Conjugate function, 48,64 Consistent norms, 94 Convolution,S, 40, 122, 150
Gauss' kernel, 127 Gelfand-Mazur, 200 Gelfand representation, 207 Gleason parts, 212
Denjoy-Carleman, 113 Dini's test, 54 Dirichlet kernel, 13 Distribution, onT, 43 support of, 44, 149 tempered, on R, 147 Distribution function, 65 Ditkln-Shtlov,225
Haar measure, 187 Hardy, 52, 91 Hardy-Littlewood series, 32 Hausdorff-Young, 98,142 Hergiotz, 38 Homogeneous Banach space, onT, 14 onR,127 Hull,222
<
263
264
An Introduction to Hannonic Analysis
Ideal, primary, 224 regular, 200 Inverse closed, 204 Jensen's inequality, 82 Kernel (of a set), 223 see also Summability kernel Kolmogorov, 59 Kronecker set, 184 Kronecker's theorem, 60, 181 Lacunary (Hadamard), 104 LCA groups, 186 Lebesgue's constants, 47 Lebesgue's theorem, 20 Localization, principle of, 54 Log convex, 112 Lusin conjecture, 59 MaIliavin, 231 MarcinJdewicz, 93 Maximal function, 73 Maximal ideal space, 205 Mean value, 160 Modulus of continuity, 25 Multiplicative linear functional, 201 Multiplicative norm, 198 Normed algebra, 196 Orthonormal system, 27 complete, 28 Paley-Wiener, 173 Parseval's formula, 29, 35, 132 Partition of unity, 222 Plancherel's theorem, 140, 191 Poisson integral, 62 Poisson-Jensen, 82 Poisson's kernel, 15 Poisson's summation formula, 129 Pontryagin duality theorem, 189 Positive defmite function, 137, 191 Positive defmite sequence, 38 Principle value, 79 Pseudo·function, 154 Pseudo-measure, 150
Resolvent set, 199 Riemann-Lebesgue lemma, 13 123 Riesz, F., 89 ' Riesz, M., 68, 89 Riesz product, 107 Riesz-Thorin, 97 Rudin-Shapiro polynomials, 33 Self-adjoint Banach algebra, 209 Self-adjoint function algebra, 204 Semisimple, 207 Sidon set, 109 Spectral analysis, weak-star, 170 Spectral norm, 207 Spectral synthesis, in regular algebras, 229-235 set of, 230 Spectrum, norm, 159 weak-star, 170 Summability kernel, 9, 124, 188 positive, 10 Support, of a distribution, 44 of a function, 17 of a functional, 230 Symbolic calculus, 242 Tensor product, 249 Titchmarsh's convolution theorem, 178 Translation invariance, of measures, 1 of spaces, 9, 144 Trigonometric polynomial, degree of, 2 frequencies of, 2, 159 onR,159 onT, 2 Trigonometric series, 3 Uniqueness theorem, 13, 125, 163 de la Vallee Poussin's kernel, 15, 126 Van der Corput's lemma, 220
Quasi-analy tic, 113
Weak LP type, 65 Weierstrass approximation theorem 15 Weierstrass function, 106 ' Wiener, 42, 202 Wiener-Levy, 210 Wiener-Pitt phenomenon, 246 Wiener's general Tauberian theorem, 228 Wiener's lemma, 228
Radical, 207
Zygmund,33
A CATALOGUE OF SELECTED DOVER BOOKS IN ALL FIELDS OF INTEREST
A CATALOGUE OF SELECTED DOVER BOOKS IN ALL FIELDS OF INTEREST
THE NOn:BOOK!> OF LEO~ARDO DA V[\CI, edited hy J.P. Richtcr. Extracts from manuscripts reveal great genius; on painting, sculpture, anatomy, scicnces, geography, etc. Both Italian and English. 186 ms. pages reproduced, plus 500 additional drawings, induding studies for Last Supper, Sforza monument, etc. 860pp. 77/8 x 103,4. USO 22572-0,22573-9 Pa., Two vol. set $12.00 AnT NOUVEAU DESIG:-;S I!II COLOR, Alphonse Mucha, Maurice Verneuil, Georges Auriol. Full-color reproduction of Combinaison~ ornamentules (c;. 1900) by Art Nouveau masters. Floral. animal, geometric, interlacings, swashes - borders, frames, ~pots - all incredibly beautiful 60 plates, hundreds of designs. 9 3/8 x 8 1/16. 22885-1 Pa. $4.00 GRAPIJIC WORKS OF ODILON REDON. All great fantastic lithographs, etchings, engra"ings, drawings, 209 in all. Monsters, Huysmans, still life work, etc. Introduction by Alfred Werner. 209pp. 9 1/8 x 1214. 21996 __8 Pa.$6.00 EXOTIC FLORAL PA rJ ERl\S IN COLOR, E.-A. Seguy Incredibly beautiful full-color pochoir work by great French designer of 20·s. Complete Bouquets et frondaisons, Suggestions pour etoffes. Richness must he ~een to be believed. 40 plates containillg 120 patterns. 80pp. 9:3/8.1. 1214. 23041-4 Pa. $6.00 SELECTED ETCHI!IIGS OF JA\lES A. McN. WIII~rL£R, James A. McN Whistler. 149 outstanding etchings by the great American artist, including selections from the Thames set and two Venice sets, the complete French set, and mallY indi~dual prints. Introduction and explanatory note on each print by Maria Naylor. 157pp. 23194-1 Pa. $5.00 93/8 x 1214. VISUAL ILLUSIO'l;S' THEIR CAUS£S, CHARACTERISTICS. Al\D ApPLICATIONS, Matthew Luckiesh. Thorough description, discussion; shape and ~ize. color, motion; natural illusion. Uses in art and industry. 100 illustrations. 252pp. 21530-X Pa. ~:2 50 TEN BoOK~ ON ARCHITECTURE, Vitrtl~us. The most important book ever written on architecture. Early Roman aesthetics, technology, classical orders, site selection, all other aspects. Stands behind ever}thing since. Morgan translation. 331pp. 20645-9 Pa. $3.50 THE CODn:\{ IH!.!. A P[(1{'RE Mt\'l~(J\lrl FHO\I :\\(JE\T ME\J(O, J~ fir~t
edited by Zelia ~uttall Only inexpen~ive edition. in lull color. 01 a pre-Columbian \1exiean i\iixted book. 88 color plates show J..il\?;~. gods. herOt's, templt'~. sdl'rifi('('s. :-.lew explanatory. historiedl introdudion hy Arthur C. \lil1er. 96pp. 111/~ x 8 1h 23168-2 Pol. $7 30
CA 1'ALOCUJ:; OF DOVER BOOKS MODERN CHESS STRAIEGY, Ludek Pachman The use of the queen. the active king. exchanges, pawn play, the center, weak squares, etc. Section on rook alone worth price of the book. Stress on the moderns. Often considered the most important book on strategy. 314pp. 20290-9 Pa. $3.50 CHESS SmATEGY, Edward Lasker. One of half-dozen great theoretical works in chess, shows principles of action ahove and beyond moves. Acclaimed by Capablanca. Keres, etc. 282pp usa 20528-2 Pa. $3.00 CHES~ PRAXIS, TilE PRAXIS OF My SY~TE'-I. Aron Nimzovich. Founder of hypermodern chess explains hi~ profound, influential theories that have dominated much of 20th century chess. 109 illustrative games. 369pp. 20296-8 Pa. $3 ..50
How TO PLAY rm: CHE'>S OPE:>:I:-:CS, Eugene Znosko- Borovsky. Clear, profound examinations of just what each opening is intended to do and how opponent can counter. Many sample games, questions and answers. 147pp. 22795-2 Pa. $2.00 THE ART OF CHESS CO\IIlIKATlOK, Eugene ZlIosko-Borovsky. Modern explanation of principles, varieties, techniques and ideas behind them, illustrated with many examples from great players. 212pp. 20583-5 Pa. $2.50 COMIlINATIONS Tm: HEART OF CHES~, Irving Cherney. Step-by-step explanation of intricacies of t'Ombinative play. 356 t'Omhinations by Tarrd!>ch, Botvinnik, Keres. Steinitz, Anderssen, Morphy, Marshall, Capahlanca. others, all annotated. 245 pp. 21744-2 Pa. $3.00 How TO PLAY CHESS ENDINGS, Eugene Znosko-Borovsky. Thorough instruc:tion manual by fine tcacher analyzes each piece individually, many common endgame situations Examines games by Steinitz, Alekhine, Lasker, others. Emphasis on understanding. 288pp. 21170-3 Pa $2.75 MORPHY S GA \fES OF CUESS, Philip W. Sergeant. Romantic hi~tory, 54 games of greatest player of all time against Anderssen, Bird, Paulsen, Harrwitz; 52 games at odds, 52 hlindfold, 100 consultation, informal, other games. Analyses by Anderssen, Stcinitz, Morphy himself. 352pp. 20386-7 Pa. $4.00 500 MAS'I EM GAMES OF CIIES~, S. Tartakower, J. du Mont. Va~t collection of great chess games from 1798-1938, with much material nowhere else readily available. Fully annotated, arranged by opening for e~ier study. 665pp 23208-5 Pa. $6.00 THE SOVIET SellOOL OF CHES~, Alexander Kotov and M. Yudo~ich, Authoritative work on modern Russian chess. History, conceptual background. 128 fully annotated games (most lUlavaiiahle elsewhere) by Botvinnik, Keres, Smy~lov, Tal, 20026-4 Pa. $3.9.5 Petrosian, Spassky, more. 390pp WONDERS AND CURIOSITIES OF CHESS, Irving Cherne\" A lifetime's accumulation of such wonders and curiosities as the longest won game, shortest game, chess prohlem with mate in 1220 moves, and much more unusual material - 356 items in all, over 160 complete games. 146 diagrams. 203pp. 23007 -4 Pa. S,3.50
CATALOGUE OF DOVER BOOKS EAST O' 1HE SUN AKD WEST 0' THE MOON, George W. Dasenl. Considered the of all translations of these Norwegian folk tdleS, this collection has been enjoyed by generations of children (and folklorists too). Includes True and Untrue, Why the Sea is Salt, E.Ist O' the Sun and West 0' the Moon, Why the Bed[ is Stumpy-Tailed, Boots ancl the Troll, The Cock and the Hen, Rich Peter the Pedlar, and 52 more. The only edition with all 59 tales 77 illustrations by Erik Werenskiold and Theodor Kiltelsen xv 418pp 22521-6 Paperbound $4.00 be~t
+
GOOI'S AND How TO BE THEM, Gelett Burgess Classic of tongue-in-cheek humor, masquerading as etiquette book. 87 verses, twice as many cartoons, show mischievous Goops .IS they demonstrate to children \irtues of table manners, neatness, courtesy, etc. Favorite for generations. viii 88pp. 6'l2 x 9Y4 22233-0 Paperbound $2.00
+
ALlCE'S ADVEN I URES UNDER GRqUKD, Lewis Carroll. The first version, quite different from the final Alice ill Wonder/.md, printed out by Carroll himself ",ilh his own illustrations Complc:te fJ.csimile of the "million dollar" manuscript Carroll gave to Alice I.iddell in 1864. Introduction by Ma:tin Gardner. viii 96pp. Title and dedication pages in color 2l482-6 Paperbo\lnd $1.50
+
Till: BROWNIES, THEIR BOOK, Palmer Cox, Small as mice, cunning as foxes, exuberant and full of mischief, the Brownies go to the zoo, toy shop, sea<;hore, circus, etc, in 24 verse adventures and 266 illustrations Long a favorite, since their first "ppearance in SI. Nichol3s Magazine. xi 144pp 6% x 9 1;4. 21265-3 Paperbound $250
+
SONGS OF CHILDHOOD, Walter De La Mare Published (under the pseudonym Walter Ramal) when De La Mare W;lS only 29, this charming collection hJS long been a fa\otite chilJren's book. A facsimile of the first edition in paper, the 47 poems capture the simplicity of the nursery rhyme and the hallad, including such lyrics as I Met Eve, Tartary, The Silver Penny. vii 106pp. (USO) 21972-0 Paperbound $2.00
+
THE COMpl.ETE NONSENSE OF EDWARD LEAR, Edw.Ird Lear, The linest 19th-century humorist-cartoonist in full: all nonsense limericks, Z.lny alphabets, Owl and Pussycat, songs, nonsense botany, and more than 500 illustrations by Lear himself. Edited by Holbrook Jackson. xxix 287pp (USO) 20167-8 Paperbound $3.00
+
BILLY WHISKFRS: THE AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF A GOAT, Frances Trego Montgomery, A favorite of children since the early 20th century, here arc the cscap~des of that rambunctious, irresistible and mischievous goat--BiJly Whiskers. Much in the spirit of Peck's Bad Boy, this is a book that children never tire of reading or hearing. All the original familiar illustrations by W. H. Fry are included: 6 color plates, 18 black and white drawings. 159pp, 22345-0 Paperbound $2.75 MOTHFR GOOSE MELODIES. Faithful republication of the fabulously rare Mun,oe and Francis "copyright 1833" Boston edition--the most imp(1rt&nt Mother Goose collection, usually ref<:rred to as the "orig:.··taI," Familiar r11}mes plus many rare ones, with wonderful old woodcut illustrations Edited by E. F. Bleiler. 128pp. 4ljz x 6%. 22577-1 Paperbound $1.50
CATALOGUE OF DOVER BOOKS E<. UTI \ \; M >\(:1( , E A. Wallis Budge Foremo<;t Egyptologist, curator .1t British Museum, on charms, curSes, amulets, doll magi<:, tr.m~fonnations, ('ontrol of demons, ddfic appearances, feats of great IndgidaJls. Many texts cited 19 iIlu\trations 234pp. U~O 22681-6 Pa. $2.50 TilE LEYDE\; Pc\r\RC~ A\; EC\'I'IIA\ M \('l( \L BOOK, edited hy F Ll. Griffith, Herbert Thompson. Egyptian ~oreerer's In,mual cont
Tm: emIrl ~:n: B()m:~ 01
CII \Jll I.S FOII'l, Charlc" Fort. Book of tllt> D.nnned, Lol, Wild Talents, New Land~ Greatest l'llIl1pilation of
F>\J)'i A,\D FAl.l. \{ I~" 1:\ lllF NA\lE 01 S( IE'( E, M'lrtin Gdrdnt>r. f,\ir, witty .ippraisal of ('Tanh afld <{uath of "eicncl'. Atlantis, Ll·muri.1, /lat earth, \'e1iko\~ky orgone energy. Bridey \turphy. mcdic.ll bd~, dC. 373pp. 20394-8 Pa $350 H()AXF~, Cllrti~ D ~1.lc))oug,\ll. Unhelievahly rich account of grt·.it ho.i\ es LOlke's moon hoa)", Shake'>pearpan forgeries, Loch Ness monstt-r, Disumhralionist sthool of art. dozens lJIore; .110;0 po;),ehology of hO.ixing ,54 i(\ustr,ltivns. 20465-0 Pa. $3 50 338pp,
THL GI·.' Tl £ ART OF Mu,J,(. E'\E\m.s, Jall1{'s A.M Whistler Greatest wit of hi" <.i,IV deBates Wilde, Ruskin, Swinburne, -;trikt~1> hdCk at in.tne trities, exhihitions. Highly rt'udahle clas~ic of impres~ionist revolution hy great pdintcr. Introdlll tion hy Alfred Werner. 334pp 21H75-9 Pa 5-l00 TLA, KaJ..uzo Okakura. Minor dassk- of the Orient entertainillg, dlanning c'planation, interpretation of traditional j.lpallese tillture in terms of tea c('remony. Edited by E,F. Blt·iler. Total of 9-tpp 20070-1 Pa. $1.25
Tm. BOOK m
PI it·(" \uhjc( I to (II/mgt' u:itllllllt I/utic{' ,\\ ail,lhle "t yow book dt'.lln 01- WI itl' for fl t't' t"t.llogll(· to I lvl'! (; I. DOH'r Pl/I)li(',~tioll~ 111(', IkO \'ali( k St, N Y_. ~ Y IOOI.:! \ ) 0 \ " , plll,I;"lw<; 11101(' t!'.lIl 1')0 hoo\.. <; (.,t< It \ ('.1/ oil ,Ci"lll (,,\,1. ')Wlltoll \ .lIld .l(h ;Il1i·,·<1 'll'lf)'t'll lat i( " h,ofug\ 1I111,i(. arf lit('lal~ lti,i';I\'-"();i,l~'~'(:IIl(,s ;,lir('l .11(,,1'
:",d